a50261939.htm
FORM 6-K
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Report of Foreign Private Issuer
Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934


For the month ended May, 2012

ICON plc
(Registrant's name)


0-29714
(Commission file number)


South County Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18, Ireland
(Address of principal executive offices)


Brendan Brennan, CFO
South County Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18, Ireland.
Brendan.Brennan@iconplc.com
011-353-1-291-2000
(Name, telephone number, email and/or facsimile number and address of Company contact person)



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover Form 20-F or Form 40-F.
 
Yes___X___
No_______
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):
 
Yes______
No___X___
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):
 
Yes______
No___X___
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Yes______
No___X___
 
If "Yes" is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b):82 N/A
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT LIST
 
 
Exhibit Description
   
99.1 ICON plc IFRS Annual Report
 
 
 

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 
 
ICON plc
   
   
   
   
Date: May 18, 2012
/s/ Brendan Brennan
 
Brendan Brennan
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
a50261939ex99-1.htm
Exhibit 99.1
 
 
 
 
ICON p.l.c. and Subsidiaries


Annual Report


Year ended 31 December 2011



Registered number145835
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Directors’ Report and Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
Contents
Page
   
Directors and Other Information
2
   
Directors’ Report
3
   
Operating and Financial Review
7
   
Board of Directors and Senior Management
16
   
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report
18
   
Corporate Governance Report
28
   
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
37
   
Independent Auditor’s Report
39
   
Statement of Accounting Policies
41
   
Consolidated Income Statement
54
   
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
55
   
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
56
   
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
57
   
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
59
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
60
   
Company Statement of Financial Position
127
   
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
128
   
Company Statement of Cash Flows
130
   
Notes to Company Financial Statements
131
   
Reconciliation between IFRS and US Accounting Principles
140
   
Appendix A: Risk Factors
144
 
 
1

 
 
Directors’ and Other Information
 
 
Directors
Dr. Bruce Given (American - Chairman of the Board) (2) (3) (4)
 
Peter Gray (Irish – Vice Chairman of the Board)
 
Ciaran Murray (Irish – Chief Executive Officer) (4)
 
Dr. John Climax (Irish – Non-Executive) (5)
 
Dr. Ronan Lambe (Irish – Non-Executive) (5)
 
Thomas Lynch (British – Non-Executive) (1) (2) (3)
 
Prof. Dermot Kelleher (Irish – Non-Executive) (1) (5)
 
Declan McKeon (Irish – Non-Executive) (1) (2)
 
Cathrin Petty (British – Non-Executive) (3)
   
 
(1)     Member of Audit Committee
 
(2)     Member of Compensation and Organisation Committee
 
(3)     Member of Nominating and Governance Committee
 
(4)     Member of Execution Committee
 
(5)     Member of Quality Committee
   
Company secretary
Diarmaid Cunningham
   
Registered office
South County Business Park
 
Leopardstown
 
Dublin 18
   
Auditors
KPMG
 
Chartered Accountants
 
1 Stokes Place
 
St. Stephens Green
 
Dublin 2
   
Solicitors
A & L Goodbody
 
25 – 28 North Wall Quay
 
IFSC
 
Dublin 1
   
 
Cahill Gordon Reindel LLP
 
80 Pine Street
 
NY10005
 
USA
   
Registrars
Computershare Investor Services (Ireland) Limited
 
Herron House
 
Corrig Road
 
Sandyford Industrial Estate
 
Dublin 18
Bankers
 
 
Citibank
 
Canada Square Canary Warf
 
London E14 5LB
 
United Kingdom
   
 
PNC Bank
 
1035 Virginia Drive
 
Fort Washington
 
PA 19034
 
USA
 
 
2

 
 
Directors’ Report
 
 
The Directors present their report and audited Consolidated and Company financial statements of ICON p.l.c. (“the Company” or “ICON”), a public limited company incorporated in the Republic of Ireland, and its subsidiary undertakings (“the Subsidiaries”, with the Company and the Subsidiaries being together “the Group”) for the year ended 31 December 2011.

The Company’s primary listing for its shares is the NASDAQ market. The Company also has a secondary listing on the Irish Stock Exchange and, accordingly, is not subject to the same ongoing regulatory requirements as those which would apply to an Irish company with a primary listing on the Irish Stock Exchange, including the requirement that certain transactions require the approval of shareholders.  For further information, shareholders should consult their own financial adviser. The Company is considered a foreign private issuer in the US, accordingly it is not subject to the same ongoing regulatory requirements as a US registered company with a primary listing on the NASDAQ market.

These Consolidated and Company financial statements (together “the financial statements”) for the year ended 31 December 2011 are prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and meet the reporting requirements pursuant to Irish Company Law and the Irish Stock Exchange Listing Rules.  In addition to the consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report, we also prepare separate consolidated financial statements on Form 20-F pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP).  The Form 20-F under U.S. GAAP is a separate document, a copy of which may be obtained from the Company’s website www.iconplc.com. IFRS differs in certain respects from U.S. GAAP, details of which are set out on pages 140 to 143 of this annual report.

Principal activities, business review and future developments

The Group is a contract research organisation (“CRO”), providing outsourced development services on a global basis to the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries. The Group specialises in the strategic development, management and analysis of programmes that support all stages of the clinical development process - from compound selection to Phase I-IV clinical studies.

The Group believes that it is one of a select number of CRO’s with the expertise and capability to conduct clinical trials in most major therapeutic areas on a global basis and has the operational flexibility to provide development services on a stand alone basis or as part of an integrated “full service” solution. At 31 December 2011, the Group had approximately 8,470 employees, in 81 locations in 40 countries. During the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group derived approximately 41.7%, 46.2 % and 12.1% of its net revenue in the United States, Europe and Rest of World, respectively.

Headquartered in Dublin, Ireland, the Group began operations in 1990 and has expanded the business predominately through internal growth, together with a number of strategic acquisitions, to enhance its capabilities and expertise in certain areas of the clinical development process. Its principal executive office is located at: South County Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18, Republic of Ireland. The contact telephone number of this office is 353 (1) 291 2000.

On 28 February 2012, the Group acquired PriceSpective, a global leader in value strategy consulting. Headquartered in Philadelphia (USA), and with offices in London (UK), Los Angeles (USA), San Diego (USA), Raleigh (USA) and Boston (USA), PriceSpective is a premier consultancy that has a strong reputation for excellence in strategic pricing, market access, health economic outcomes research (HEOR), due diligence support and payer engagement services. Since it’s formation in 2003, PriceSpective has developed strategies for dozens of new product launches, and hundreds of development and in-market products, in over 40 disease areas.

On 15 February 2012, the Group acquired BeijingWits Medical Limited, a leading Chinese CRO, with over 100 highly qualified and experienced professionals in Beijing, Shanghai, Chengdu, Guangzhou, Wuhan and Hong Kong.

On 14 July 2011, the Group acquired Firecrest Clinical, a market leading provider of technology solutions that boost investigator site performance and study management. Headquartered in Limerick, Ireland, Firecrest Clinical provides a comprehensive site performance management system that is used to improve compliance consistency and execution of activities at investigative sites
 
 
3

 
 
Directors’ Report (continued)
 
 
On 14 January 2011, the Group acquired Oxford Outcomes, a leading international health outcomes consultancy, headquartered in Oxford, UK, and with offices in the USA and Canada.  Oxford Outcomes provides specialist services in the areas of patient reported outcomes (PRO), health economics, epidemiology and translation and linguistic validation.

In 2012, the Group looks forward to increasing its geographic presence through the addition of new offices and expanding the scale and range of its service offering.

Results and dividends

The results for the year are as shown on page 54 of these financial statements. A review of performance during 2011 is included in the Operating and Financial Review section of this annual report. The Directors do not propose the payment of a dividend for the year ended 31 December 2011.

Risks and uncertainties

Details of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are set out in Appendix A of this annual report.

Financial risk management

The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash and cash equivalents, current asset investments, finance lease obligations and negotiated bank facilities.  The main purpose of these financial instruments is to fund the working capital requirements of the Group, the cost of new acquisitions and continued growth.  The principal financial risks facing the Group includes currency rate risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk, further details of which are set out in note 25 to the Consolidated financial statements and note 11 to Company financial statements.  The Group may from time to time enter into derivative transactions to minimise its exposure to interest rate fluctuations and foreign currency exchange rates.  The Group does not undertake any trading activity in financial instruments.  The Group did not enter into any material derivative transactions during 2011 or 2010.

Subsequent events

Details of subsequent events are set out in note 30 to the financial statements.

Amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association

The Company's Articles of Association may be amended by a special resolution passed by the shareholders at an annual or extraordinary general meeting of the Company.  A special resolution is passed at a meeting if not less than 75% of the members who vote in person or by proxy at the meeting vote in favour of the resolution. 

Directors and Secretary

On 31 December 2011, Dr Anthony Murphy resigned as Director of the Company.

On 1 October 2011, Mr Ciaran Murray was appointed as a Director of the Company and on the same day he resigned as Secretary of the Company.  On 1 October 2011, Mr Diarmaid Cunningham was appointed Secretary of the Company.

On 13 October 2010, the Board appointed Ms Cathrin Petty a Director of the Company.  In accordance with the Articles of Association of the Company, Ms Petty was re-elected as a Director of the Company at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 18 July 2011.

Details of Directors’ interests in the Group’s shares are set out in the Report of the Compensation and Organisation Committee. Save as shown in the Compensation and Organisation Committee report, no Director had any disclosable interest in shares of the Group during the year.

 
4

 
 
Directors’ Report (continued)
 
 
Directors’ remuneration

Details of Directors’ remuneration is set out in the Report of the Compensation and Organisation Committee.

Directors power to purchase and allot company shares

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 the Company may purchase any of its shares.  Every contract for the purchase of shares, or under which the Company may become entitled or obliged to purchase shares in the Company shall be authorised by a special resolution of the Company.  The Company may cancel any shares so purchased or may hold them as treasury shares or re-issue them.

On 27 October 2011, the Company announced its intention to commence a share repurchase programme of up to $50 million. On 22 November 2011, the Company entered into two separate share repurchase plans of up to $10 million each, covering the periods 23 November 2011 to 31 December 2011 and 1 January 2012 to 20 February 2012 respectively. On 21 February 2012 the Company entered into a third share repurchase plan of up to $20 million, covering the period 22 February 2012 to 22 April 2012. On 27 April 2012 the Company entered into a fourth share repurchase plan of up to $20 million, covering the period 27 April 2012 to 18 July 2012. The Company may to enter further share repurchase plans, to effect the share repurchase programme in accordance with Rule 10b-18 and Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the authorisation granted at the Company’s annual general meeting on 18 July 2011, applicable laws and regulations and the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange.  Further details of the share repurchase programme can be found in note 23 to the financial statements.

Rights and Obligations attaching to the Company’s shares

The share capital of the Company is €6,000,000 divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares of €0.06.  Holders of ordinary shares will be entitled to receive such dividends as may be recommended by the board of Directors of the Company and approved by the shareholders and/or such interim dividends as the board of Directors of the Company may decide. On liquidation or a winding up of the Company, the par value of the ordinary shares will be repaid out of the assets available for distribution among the holders of the Company's ordinary shares. Holders of ordinary shares have no conversion or redemption rights. On a show of hands, every holder of an ordinary share present in person or proxy at a general meeting of shareholders shall have one vote with no individual having more than one vote.

Change of control provisions in significant agreements

Certain of the Group’s customer contracts allow the customer to terminate the contract in the event of a change in control of the Company.
 
The Group has negotiated banking facilities with a number of financial institutions, details of which are set out in note 22 to the financial statements.  Certain of these facilities require repayment of the facility in the event that the Company becomes controlled by any person or persons acting in concert by whom it was not controlled at the date the facility was entered into.   

Furthermore certain Group companies have entered capital grant agreements with the Irish government agency, Enterprise Ireland, whereby the Group covenants that the controlling interest in the Company will not change without Enterprise Ireland’s prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld.  

Additionally, the Company's share option and restricted stock plans contain change in control provisions which allow potentially for the acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of outstanding options and awards of restricted stock in the event that a change in control occurs with respect to the Company. Other potential consequences for outstanding share options of a change in control following a takeover bid include the assumption of outstanding awards by the surviving company, if not ICON, or the substitution of options or restricted stock of its ordinary shares or that of its parent.

 
5

 
 
Directors’ Report (continued)
 
 
Corporate Governance

Details of the Directors’ compliance with corporate governance is set out separately in the Corporate Governance Report.

Significant shareholdings

In addition to the interests of Directors disclosed in the Report of the Compensation and Organisation Committee, the Company has been notified of the following shareholdings in excess of 3% of the issued share capital of the Company at 31 December 2011:

Name
 
%
Number of Shares
 
Artisan Partners Limited Partnership
11.7
7,034,020
Neuberger Berman LLC
8.2
4,924,701
Fidelity Management & Research
7.1
4,279,501
Wellington Management Company LLP
6.2
3,707,566
Earnest Partners, LLC
5.9
3,539,476
Wasatch Advisors, Inc.
5.9
3,531,918
All Directors and Officers as a group
4.9
2,935,852
Kornitzer Capital Management Inc.
3.8
2,282,925

Subsidiary undertakings

The information required by the Companies Act, 1963 in relation to subsidiary undertakings is presented in note 31 to the financial statements.

Political donations

The Group made no disclosable political donations in the period.

Going concern

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future.  For this reason, the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Books of account

The Directors believe that they have complied with the requirements of Section 202 of the Companies Act, 1990 with regard to books of account by employing accounting personnel with appropriate expertise and by providing adequate resources to the financial function. The books of account of the Company are maintained at the registered office.

Auditors

In accordance with Section 160(2) of the Companies Act, 1963, the auditors, KPMG, Chartered Accountants, will continue in office.

On behalf of the Board
 
Dr. Bruce Given
Ciaran Murray
Director
Director
 
 
6

 
 
Operating and Financial Review
 
 
Overview

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements set out on pages 41 to 126 of this report.

The Group is a contract research organisation (“CRO”), providing outsourced development services on a global basis to the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries. The Group specialises in the strategic development, management and analysis of programmes that support Clinical Development - from compound selection to Phase I-IV clinical studies.

The Group believes that it is one of a select number of CRO’s with the expertise and capability to conduct clinical trials in most major therapeutic areas on a global basis and has the operational flexibility to provide development services on a stand-alone basis or as part of an integrated “full service” solution. At 31 December 2011, the Group had approximiately 8,470 employees, in 81 locations in 40 countries. During the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group derived approximately 41.7%, 46.2 % and 12.1% of its revenue in the United States, Europe and Rest of World, respectively.

Revenue consists primarily of fees earned under contracts with third-party clients. In most cases, a portion of the contract fee is paid at the time the study or trial is started, with the balance of the contract fee generally payable in instalments over the study or trial duration, based on the achievement of certain performance targets or "milestones". Revenue from contracts is recognised on a proportional performance method based on the relationship between time incurred and the total estimated duration of the trial or on a fee-for-service basis according to the particular circumstances of the contract. As is customary in the CRO industry, the Group contracts with third party investigators in connection with clinical trials. All investigator fees and certain other costs, where reimbursed by clients, are, in accordance with industry practice, deducted from gross revenue to arrive at net revenue. As these costs vary from contract to contract, the Group views net revenue as its primary measure of revenue growth.

Direct costs consist primarily of compensation, associated fringe benefits and share based payment expense for project-related employees and other direct project driven costs. Other operating expenses consist primarily of compensation, related fringe benefits and share based payment expense for non project-related employees, recruitment expenditure, professional service costs, advertising costs and all costs related to facilities and information systems. Depreciation expense and the amortisation of intangible assets are also included within other operating expenses.

Backlog consists of potential net revenue yet to be earned from projects awarded by clients. At 31 December 2011 the Group had a backlog of approximately $2.3 billion, compared with approximately $1.9 billion at 31 December 2010.  The Group believes that its backlog as of any date is not necessarily a meaningful predictor of future results, due to the potential for the cancellation or delay of projects underlying the backlog, and no assurances can be given that it will be able to realise this backlog as net revenue.

As the nature of the business involves the management of projects having a typical duration of one to four years, the commencement or completion of projects in a fiscal year can have a material impact on revenues earned with the relevant clients in such years. In addition, as the Group typically works with some, but not all, divisions of a client, fluctuations in the number and status of available projects within such divisions can also have a material impact on revenues earned from such clients from year to year.

Although the Company is domiciled in Ireland, the Group reports its results in U.S. dollars. As a consequence the results of its non-U.S. based operations, when translated into U.S. dollars, could be materially affected by fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies of those operations.  In addition to translation exposures, the Group is also subject to transaction exposures because the currency in which contracts are priced can be different from the currencies in which costs relating to those contracts are incurred.  The Group’s operations in the United States are not materially exposed to such currency differences as the majority of revenues and costs are in U.S. dollars. However, outside the United States the multinational nature of the Group’s activities means that contracts are usually priced in a single currency, most often U.S. dollars, Euros or pounds Sterling, while costs arise in a number of currencies, depending, among other things, on which of its offices provide staff for the contract and the location of investigator sites. Although many such contracts benefit from some degree of natural hedging due to the matching of contract revenues and costs in the same currency, where costs are incurred in currencies other than those in which contracts are priced, fluctuations in the relative value of those currencies could have a material effect on the Group’s results of operations. The Group regularly reviews its currency exposures and usually negotiates currency fluctuation clauses in its contracts which allow for price negotiation if changes in the relative value of those currencies exceed predetermined tolerances.
 
 
7

 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 

As the Group conducts operations on a global basis, its effective tax rate has depended and will depend on the geographic distribution of its revenue and earnings among locations with varying tax rates. The Group’s results of operations therefore may be affected by changes in the tax rates of the various jurisdictions. In particular, as the geographic mix of the Group’s results of operations among various tax jurisdictions changes, its effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.

Operating Results

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated certain financial data as a percentage of net revenue and the percentage change in these items compared to the prior period, being the key performance indicators used by management. The trends illustrated in the following table may not be indicative of future results.

 
Year ended
Year ended
 
 
31 December
2011
31 December
2010
 
 
As a percentage of net revenue
Percentage change
 in period
       
Net revenue
100%
100%
5.1%
       
Direct costs (excluding exceptional items)
64.7%
60.1%
13.1%
       
Other operating expenses (excluding exceptional items)
31.2%
29.6%
10.5%
       
Operating profit (excluding exceptional items)
4.1%
10.2%
(57.7%)
       
Exceptional items
1.0%
-
100%
       
Operating profit
3.1%
10.2%
(68.4%)

Year ended 31 December 2011 compared to Year ended 31 December 2010

Net revenue for the year increased by $45.7 million, or 5.1%, from $900.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $945.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2011.  Net revenue in the Group’s clinical research segment increased by 4.5% from $836.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $874.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2011.  In the Group’s central laboratory business net revenue increased by 12.1% from $63.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $71.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. For the year ended 31 December 2011 approximately 41.7%, 46.2% and 12.1% of the Group’s net revenue was derived in the United States, Europe and Rest of World, respectively.
 
 
8

 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 

Direct costs for the year increased by $70.6 million, or 13.1%, from $541.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $612.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. As a percentage of net revenue, direct costs have increased from 60.1% for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 64.7% for the year ended 31 December 2011.  In the Group’s clinical research segment, direct costs increased by 13.9 % or $68.7 million during the year. As a percentage of net revenue direct costs in our clinical research segment have increased from 59.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 64.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The Group has entered a number of strategic relationships with sponsors and expanded operations in certain territories. This has necessitated significant upfront investment in personnel and related infrastructure in advance of anticipated revenue flows from the business. In the Group’s central laboratory business, direct costs increased by 4.2% or $2.0 million during the year.  As a percentage of net revenue direct costs in our central laboratory business have decreased from 73.4% for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 68.2% for the year ended 31 December 2011, a result of restructuring activities undertaken in early 2011 together with ongoing cost management and improved resource utilisation.

Other operating expenses for the year increased by $28.1 million, or 10.5%, from $266.8million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $294.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. The increase in other operating expenses for the period arose primarily from an increase in facilities and related costs of $13.7 million, an increase in personnel related expenditure of $8.1 million, including increases in recruitment expenditure and travel costs associated with non-project related employees, an increase in professional services costs of $11.1 million and an increase in depreciation and amortisation expense of $4.7 million, arising principally as a result of the increased amortisation of acquired intangibles and our continued investment in facilities and equipment to support the Group’s growth. These increases were offset by the release of certain non-recurring tax related provisions of $6.0 million in both our clinical research and central laboratory business, arising from receipt of additional information in relation to these items, and a decrease in other general overhead costs of $2.0 million. Other operating expenses for the year ended 31 December 2011 also include the release of $1.7 million in respect of certain milestones pertaining to the Timaq acquisition in 2010 which were released during the year as the Group has assessed the likelihood of these milestones being achieved as remote. In the Group’s clinical research segment, other operating expenses increased by $34.4 million or 14.5% during the year.  This was offset by a decrease in the Group’s central laboratory business, where other operating expenses decreased by $6.3 million or 21.3%. As a percentage of net revenue, other operating expenses increased from 29.6% for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 31.2% for the year ended 31 December 2011.
 
During the three months ended 31 March 2011, the Group commenced a review of its operations to improve resource utilisation within the business and better align resources to current and future growth opportunities of the business. This review resulted in the adoption of an initial restructuring plan, the closure of the Company’s facility in Edinburgh, United Kingdom and resource rationalisations in certain of the more mature markets in which it operates. A restructuring charge of $5.0 million in respect of this plan was recognised during the three months ended 31 March 2011, $1.0 million in respect of lease termination and exit costs associated with the closure of the Edinburgh facility and $4.0 million in respect of workforce reductions. $3.5 million of costs recognised under this plan related to the clinical research segment, while $1.5 million related to our central laboratory business.

During the three months ended 30 September 2011, the Company implemented a further restructuring plan which resulted in the relocation of the Company’s facility in Maryland, USA; and further resource rationalisations. A restructuring charge of $4.8 million was recognised during the three months ended 30 September 2011 in respect of this plan, $0.9 million in respect of lease termination and exit costs associated with the closure of the existing Maryland facility and $3.9 million in respect of workforce reductions. All costs recognised under this plan related to the clinical research segment.

As a result of the above, operating profit for the year decreased by $62.9 million, or 68.4%, from $91.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2010, to $29.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. As a percentage of net revenue, operating profit decreased from 10.2% of net revenues for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 3.1% of net revenues for the year ended 31 December 2011.
 
 
9

 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 
 
In our clinical research segment, operating profit for the year decreased by $73.4 million, or 70.2%, from $104.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $31.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. As a percentage of net revenue, operating profit decreased from 12.5% of net revenues for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 3.6% of net revenues for the year ended 31 December 2011. In our central laboratory business, operating losses for the year decreased from a loss of $12.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to a loss of $2.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. As a percentage of net revenue operating losses decreased from 20.0% for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 3.1% for the year ended 31 December 2011.

Excluding the impact of exceptional items recognised, operating profit for the year decreased by $53.0 million or 57.7%, from $91.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $38.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. As a percentage of net revenue, operating profit decreased from 10.2% of net revenues for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 4.1% of net revenues for the year ended 31 December 2011. In our clinical research segment, operating profit for the year decreased by $65.2 million, or 62.3%, from $104.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $39.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. As a percentage of net revenue, operating profit decreased from 12.5% of net revenues for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 4.5% of net revenues for the year ended 31 December 2011. In our central laboratory business, operating losses for the year decreased by $12.1 million, from a loss of $12.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to a loss of $0.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2011. As a percentage of net revenue operating losses decreased from 20.0% for the year ended 31 December 2010 to 0.9% for the year ended 31 December 2011.

Net finance expense for the year ended 31 December 2011 was $0.2 million compared with net finance income of $0.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2010.  Finance income for the year decreased by $0.4 million from $2.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $2.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2011.  This decrease arose predominately from an decrease in cash balances during the year. Finance expense for the year increased by $0.7 million, from $1.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $2.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2011.  This increase arose predominately from a non-cash finance charge recorded in the current period in respect of the Firecrest acquisition contingent consideration.

Provision for income taxes increased from $6.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 to $9.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2011.  During the year ended 31 December 2011 the Company recognised $2.9 million in unrecognised tax benefits for uncertain tax positions, arising from the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations in certain jurisdictions, thereby allowing for the recognition of these benefits. During the year ended 31 December 2010 the Company recognised $9.7 million in unrecognised tax benefits for uncertain tax positions, arising from both the settlement of positions with the relevant tax authorities and the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations in certain jurisdictions, resulting in the recognition of these benefits.

The Group’s effective tax rate for the year ended 31 December 2011 was 33.2% compared with 7.1% for the year ended 31 December 2010. Excluding the impact of the release of uncertain tax provisions during the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group would have had an effective tax rate of 43.3% for the year ended 31 December 2011, compared to an effective tax rate of 17.5% for the year ended 31 December 2010.

 
10

 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 
 
Liquidity and capital resources

The CRO industry is generally not capital intensive. The Group’s principal operating cash needs are payment of salaries, office rents, travel expenditures and payments to investigators. Investing activities primarily reflect capital expenditures for facilities, information systems enhancements, the purchase of current asset investments and acquisitions.

The Group’s clinical research and development contracts are generally fixed price with some variable components and range in duration from a few weeks to several years. Revenue from contracts is generally recognised as income on the basis of the relationship between time incurred and the total estimated contract duration or on a fee-for-service basis. The cash flow from contracts typically consists of a small down payment paid at the time the contract is entered into, with the balance paid in installments over the contract's duration, in some cases on the achievement of certain milestones. Accordingly, cash receipts do not correspond to costs incurred and revenue recognised on contracts.

The Group’s cash and current asset investment balances at 31 December 2011 amounted to $174.1 million compared with cash and current asset investment balances of $255.7 million at 31December 2010.  The Group’s cash and current asset investment balances at 31 December 2011 comprised cash and cash equivalents of $119.2 million and current asset investments of $54.9 million.  The Group’s cash and current asset investment balances at 31 December 2010 comprised cash and cash equivalents of $255.7 million. Working capital, comprising total current assets less total current liabilities, decreased by $70.6 million during the year from $309.7 million at 31 December 2010 to $239.1 million at 31 December 2011.  This decrease arose primarily from a decrease in cash and cash equivalents as a result of the decline in profits during the period and investments made by the Group to acquire businesses and assets. Borrowings available to the Group under negotiated facilities at 31 December 2011 amounted to $150.0 million compared with $55.9 million at 31 December 2010.

On 20 July 2011, the Group entered into a three year committed multi currency revolving credit facility agreement for $150 million with Citibank, JP Morgan, Ulster Bank, Deutsche Bank and Barclays Bank. Each bank, subject to the agreement, has committed $30 million to the facility and the terms and conditions attaching to the facility are the same for each institution. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and is secured by certain composite guarantees, indemnities and pledges in favour of the banks. This facility replaced all facilities previously in place with Bank of Ireland, AIB, Citibank and JP Morgan. On 29 February 2012, $20 million was drawn down to fund working capital requirements.

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $20.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $87.4  million for the year ended 31 December 2010.  The most significant influences on our operating cash flow are net income and revenue outstanding which comprises accounts receivable and unbilled revenue, less payments on account. The dollar values of these amounts and the related days revenue outstanding (i.e. revenue outstanding at the end of the period divided by the revenue for the period multiplied by the number of days in the period) can vary due to the achievement of contractual milestones, including contract signing, and the timing of cash receipts. The decrease in cash flow from operating activities during the twelve months ended 31 December 2011 arose primarily from both a decrease in net income together with an increase in the number of days revenue outstanding during the period. The number of days revenue outstanding at 31 December 2011 was 47 days compared to 37 days at 31 December 2010.

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $152.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $14.6 million for the year ended 31 December 2010. Net cash used in/provided by investing activities comprises primarily of capital expenditure, the purchase and sale of current asset investments and cash paid for acquisitions. Capital expenditure for the year ended 31 December 2011 amounted to $35.4 million, compared to $30.9 million for the year ended 31 December, 2010 and comprised primarily of expenditure on global infrastructure and information technology systems to support the Group’s growth. During the year ended 31 December 2011 the Groups invested a net $55.6 million in current asset investments. During the year ended 31 December 2010 the Group realised a net $49.2 million from the sale of its current asset investments, which were reinvested in cash and cash equivalents.
 
 
11

 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 

Cash paid for acquisitions during the year ended 31 December 2011 amounted to $69.8 million compared to cash paid for acquisitions of $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. On 14 January 2011, the Group acquired approximately 80% of the common stock of Oxford Outcomes Limited, a leading international health outcomes consultancy business, headquartered in Oxford, United Kingdom for an initial cash consideration of £17.8 million ($27.6 million). Cash acquired on the acquisition of Oxford amount to £4.0 million ($6.2 million). Further consideration of up to £6.5 million ($10.1 million) may become payable during the period to 31 March 2012 if certain performance milestones are achieved. In July 2011 the Company paid £3.3 million ($5.1 million) in respect of the first element of this additional consideration. £3.2 million ($4.9 million) has been accrued at 31 December 2011 in respect of the remaining performance milestones. In addition, the acquisition agreement provided for certain working capital targets to be achieved by Oxford Outcomes Limited on completion. In May 2011 the Group paid an additional £3.3 million ($5.1 million) on completion of this review.

A put and call option was also agreed between the Group and the selling shareholders for the acquisition of the remaining ordinary share capital of Oxford Outcomes Limited for cash consideration of £3.8 million ($6.0 million). Further consideration of up to £1.5 million ($2.3 million) relating to this remaining common stock may become payable during the period to 31 March 2012 if certain performance milestones are achieved. On 20 October 2011, this option was exercised and £3.8 million ($6.0 million) was paid by the Group to the selling shareholders together with a further £0.7 million ($1.1 million) in respect of the first element of the performance milestones. The Group has accrued £0.8 million ($1.2 million) at 31 December 2011 in respect of the remaining performance milestones.

On 14 July 2011, the Group acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of Firecrest Clinical Limited (“Firecrest”), a market leading provider of technology solutions that boost investigator site performance and study management, for an initial cash consideration of €17.0 million ($24.4 million). Cash acquired on the acquisition of Firecrest amounted to €1.4 million ($2.0 million). Further consideration of up to €33.0 million ($46.8 million) may become payable if certain performance milestones are achieved in the period to 30 June 2013. At 31 December 2011, the Group has accrued €31.3 million ($40.6 million) in relation to these performance milestones, €22.3 million ($28.9 million) within non-current provisions and €9.0 million ($11.7 million) within provisions. On 16 March 2012, the Group paid €3.0 million ($4.0 million) in respect of the first element of  this additional consideration payable. In addition, the acquisition agreement provided for certain working capital targets to be achieved by Firecrest on completion. On 16 March 2012, the Group paid an additional €0.4 million ($0.5 million) in respect of this review.

On 17 May 2010, the Group acquired Timaq Medical Imaging, a European provider of advanced imaging services to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry, located in Zurich, Switzerland for an initial cash consideration of CHF 1.3 million ($1.2 million). Certain performance milestones were built into the acquisition agreement requiring potential additional consideration of up to CHF 2.9 million ($2.6 million) if these milestones are achieved. The Group accrued CHF 2.9 million ($2.6 million) in relation to the additional consideration at date of acquisition. On 5 November 2010, the first element of these performance milestones was achieved requiring deferred payments of CHF 0.3 million ($0.3 million) to the selling shareholders in each of the years ended 31 December 2010, 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2012. At 31 December 2011, CHF 0.6 million ($0.6 million) has been paid by the Group and a further CHF 0.3 million ($0.3 million) has been accrued in respect of the payment due in 2012. Further consideration of up to CHF 2.0 million is payable if the remaining performance milestones are achieved during the years ended 31 December 2010 to 31 December 2012. During the year ended 31 December 2011 the Group assessed the likelihood of the remaining milestones being achieved as remote and consequently has released CHF 2.0 million ($1.7 million) previously accrued in relation to these milestones.

On 15 February 2012, the Group acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of BeijingWits Medical Limited (“BeijingWits”), a leading Chinese CRO, for an initial cash consideration of $9.0 million. Further consideration of up to $7.0 million may become payable if certain performance milestones are achieved in the period to 31 December, 2013.

On 28 February 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of PriceSpective LLC (“PriceSpective”) for an initial cash consideration of $37.1 million. Further consideration of up to $15.0 million may become payable if certain milestones are achieved prior to 31 December 2012.
 
 
12

 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended 31 December 2011 amounted to $3.9 million compared with net cash provided by $15.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2010. Cash provided by financing activities during both years comprised mainly of proceeds received from the exercise of share options. During the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group repaid $9.0 million in relation to its share repurchase programme (see below).

As a result of these cash flows, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $136.0 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 compared to an increase of $117.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2010.

On 27 October 2011, the Company announced its intention to commence a share repurchase programme of up to $50 million. On 22 November 2011, the Company entered into two separate share repurchase plans of up to $10 million each, covering the periods 23 November 2011 to 31 December 2011 and 1 January 2012 to 20 February 2012 respectively.  On 21 February 2012 the Company entered into a third share repurchase plan of up to $20 million, covering the period 22 February 2012 to 22 April 2012. . On 27 April 2012 the Company entered into a fourth share repurchase plan of up to $20 million, covering the period 27 April 2012 to 18 July 2012. The Company may enter further share repurchase plans, to effect the share repurchase programme in accordance with Rule 10b-18 and Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the authorisation granted at the Company’s annual general meeting on 18 July 2011, applicable laws and regulations and the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange.

Under the repurchase programme, a broker will purchase the Company’s American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with agreed terms and limitations.  ADSs purchased will be deposited with the Depositary under the Company’s ADR facility against delivery of the underlying Ordinary Shares, which will be repurchased by the Company on the Irish Stock Exchange in compliance with the Company’s share repurchase authorisation and applicable laws and regulations. Separately, Ordinary Shares traded on the Irish Stock Exchange may also be repurchased on behalf of the Company.  The programme is designed to allow share repurchases during periods when the Company would ordinarily not be permitted to do so because it may be in possession of material non-public or price-sensitive information, applicable insider trading laws or self-imposed trading blackout periods.  The Company’s instructions to the broker are irrevocable and the trading decisions in respect of the repurchase programme will be made independently of and uninfluenced by the Company.  The Company confirms that, on entering all three of the share repurchase plans outlined above, it had no material non-public, price-sensitive or inside information regarding the Group or the Company securities.

The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will be dependent on market conditions, legal and regulatory requirements and the other terms and limitations contained in the plans.  In addition, share repurchases may be suspended or discontinued in certain circumstances in accordance with the agreed terms.  Therefore, there can be no assurance as to the timing or number of shares that may be repurchased under the repurchase programme.  All Ordinary Shares repurchased by the Company will be cancelled.

During the year ended 31 December 2011 545,597 ordinary shares were repurchased by the Company for a total consideration of $9.0 million.  All ordinary shares repurchased by the Company were cancelled.

 
13

 

Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 
 
The ICON Strategy

The Group’s vision is to be the global CRO partner of choice for the Biopharma industry by delivering best in class information, solutions and performance in clinical and outcomes research. The Group has achieved exceptional growth since its foundation in 1990. The impact of the International Conference on Harmonisation, the resulting globalisation of clinical research and the acceleration in the understanding of human and molecular biology which has led to many new treatment paths being explored have been key drivers of this growth.

Despite the increase in development activity in recent years, the number of compounds reaching market has declined.  This, together with health budget constraints and the current economic and financial environment are placing increased pressure on revenues and profitability of development companies. This however has been generally positive for CROs, as increased outsourcing has been adopted by these companies as they seek to create greater efficiencies in their development processes, convert previously fixed costs to variable, and accelerate time to market.

One consequence of the drive to accelerate time to market will be increased emphasis on early stage development, as companies seek to filter compounds earlier in the development process, thereby lowering attrition rates and development expenditure. Regulatory pressures too will increase the emphasis on late stage (post marketing) surveillance, while increasing requirements to demonstrate the economic value of new compounds, through outcomes and comparative effectiveness research, will most likely be required in order to secure reimbursement. Furthermore, we believe advances in molecular biology will drive further growth in innovation in the long term which in turn should create further growth opportunities for both development companies and their outsource providers.

We expect the increased adoption of outsourcing will be a core strategy of clients in the near term as they respond to the increased pressures on their revenues and profitability. Larger customers in particular are seeking to form strategic partnerships with global CROs in an effort to reduce the number of outsource partners with which they engage and to reduce inefficiencies in their current drug development models.  As outsourcing penetration increases, we believe clients will seek a greater level of integration of service offerings from CROs, although some will continue to purchase services on a stand-alone basis.  Creating greater connectivity and “seamlessness” between our services and the sharing of “real-time” clinical and operational data with clients will therefore become increasingly important for CROs.
 
The Group will seek to benefit from this increased outsourcing by clients to grow our business and generate long term value by increasing market share with our existing client base and adding new clients within the Phase I-IV outsourced development services market; the aim being to ensure we will be considered for all major Phase I–IV projects.

The Group’s core strategies to achieve these objectives will be as follows:

Build Scale

Building scale within the organisation will be central to achieving the Group’s objectives and will be achieved through developing strategic relationships with clients, growing positions in existing and selected new markets, broadening our service offerings and targeted strategic acquisitions as required.

Strategic client relationships will manifest themselves in many different forms.  Many of these relationships will require new forms of collaboration across ICON divisions and departments and will therefore require increased flexibility to offer services on both a standalone basis and as part of a fully integrated service model.  To support this objective the Group is developing programs to incorporate expanded relationship management, closer data integration across our service lines and enhanced project management capabilities.
 
 
14

 
 
Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 
 
The Group will also continue to build positions in emerging markets and has expanded its presence in regions such as Asia Pacific, in particular in China and Japan, as is evident from the recent acquisition of BeijingWits Medical Limited, a leading Chinese CRO. Additionally the Group is taking steps to address new and emerging markets.

Competitiveness

The Group will seek to gain competitive advantage by offering core operational efficiencies to its clients. No single solution exists to drive differentiation in this area; rather the Group will continue to focus its efforts on driving better project execution; developing processes and systems which can better integrate services. The Group continually seeks to enhance its operating processes and delivery models to ensure it can offer its clients best in class study execution compared to in-house and external alternatives. One core element of this effort is the Group’s focus on reducing patient recruitment times through enhanced site and investigator selection based on key performance metrics. The Group is also working with investigator sites to optimise study conduct and enhance data quality. The recent acquisition of Firecrest Clinical, will support efforts in this area.

Leadership

Underpinning all the Group’s strategies are its people.  The need to grow and retain talent within the organisation is fundamental in enabling the Group to be the global CRO partner of choice.  The Group’s talent review and succession planning processes are core strategies in the achievement of this objective.

Informatics

Developing best in class information to help clients improve the costs and efficiencies associated with drug development will be another key strategy in achieving the Group’s objectives.  The Group’s new proprietary ICONIK platform, a web-based information platform that enables the management, reporting, analysis and visualisation of all data relating to drug development will be a key tool in this regard,  Firecrest’s comprehensive site performance management system, a web-based solution which enables accurate study information, including protocol information, training manuals and case report forms amongst others to be rolled out quickly and simultaneously to investigative sites will also be a key tool in this regard and will allow site behaviour to be tracked to ensure training is understood, procedures are being followed, timelines are met and study parameters are met.

 Enhance Expertise and Intellectual Capital

Increased scientific knowledge and expertise will be important as clients will increasingly look to their partners for advice and guidance on how to identify promising drug candidates earlier in the development process and eliminate others. Having the right blend of scientific and commercial leadership in this area will be of key importance. The Group has made a number of strategic acquisitions in recent years to build scale and develop its scientific base in key areas. Its commitment to adding additional expertise is evident from the acquisition of Oxford Outcomes and the recent acquisition of Pricespective. The Group may make further acquisitions to accelerate growth and further increase expertise.
 
 
15

 
 
Board of Directors and Senior Management
 
 
Chairman

Dr. Bruce Given - Chairman (aged 57) was appointed non-executive Chairman of the Board of the Company in January 2010. He has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since September 2004. In October 2011, he was appointed to the position of Chief Operating Officer of Arrowhead Research Corporation and Chief Executive Officer of Leonardo Biosystems, a private US company (related to Arrowhead).  From March 2002 until June 2007 he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Encysive Pharmaceuticals Inc. Dr. Given previously held various positions in the Johnson & Johnson group companies. Dr. Given obtained his doctorate from the University of Chicago in 1980.

Executive Directors

Peter Gray - Vice Chairman (aged 57) was appointed Vice Chairman of the Company in October 2011. He served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from November 2002 to September 2011, Group Chief Operating Officer from June 2001 to November 2002, and was Chief Financial Officer from June 1997 to June 2001. He has been a Director of the Company since June 1997. Mr. Gray has over 20 years experience in the pharmaceutical services industry and has also worked in the engineering and food sectors. Mr. Gray received a degree in Law from Trinity College Dublin in 1977 and became a chartered accountant in 1980. Mr. Gray has served as Director of United Drug plc since September 2004 and was appointed as non-executive Chairman of the Board of United Drug in February 2012. He has also served as a non-Executive Director of Danica Life Limited since April 2008.

Ciaran Murray - Chief Executive Officer (aged 49) was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company in October 2011. He served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company from October 2005 to September 2011. Mr. Murray developed his experience working in senior financial positions in Ireland, Italy and the United Kingdom, in the food sector with Kraft Foods Inc, Cantrell and Cochrane plc and Northern Foods plc, and in the technology sector with Novell Inc and Codec Systems.  Mr. Murray obtained a Bachelor of Commerce degree from University College Dublin in 1982. He qualified as a Chartered Accountant with PwC and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland.

Non-Executive Directors

Dr. John ClimaxNon-Executive Director (aged 59), one of the Company’s co-founders, has been a Director of the Company since 1990 and served as Chairman of the Board of the Company from November 2002 to December 2009, and Chief Executive Officer from June 1990 to October 2002.  From January 2010 he has held a position as a non-executive Director of the Company.  Dr. Climax has over 25 years of experience in the contract research industry. Dr. Climax received his primary degree in pharmacy in 1977 from the University of Singapore, his masters in applied pharmacology in 1979 from the University of Wales and his PhD. in pharmacology from the National University of Ireland in 1982. He has authored a significant number of papers and presentations, and holds adjunct professorship at the Royal College of Surgeons of Ireland.

Dr. Ronan LambeNon-Executive Director (aged 72), one of the Company’s co-founders, has been a Director of the Company since 1990 and served as Chairman of the Board of the Company from June 1990 to November 2002. He is currently a non-Executive Director of the Company.  Dr. Lambe has over 30 years of experience in the contract research industry. Dr. Lambe attended the National University of Ireland where he received his Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry in 1959, his masters in biochemistry in 1962 and his PhD. in pharmacology in 1976.

Thomas Lynch – Independent Non-Executive Director (aged 55) has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since January 1996. He is currently Chairman of Amarin Pharma Ireland Limited, having previously served as Chairman of Amarin Corporation plc from 2000 to 2009 and its Chief Executive Officer from 2007 to 2009. Between 1993 and 2004, he held a number of senior management positions in Elan Corporation plc.  Mr Lynch is an investor in, and serves on the board of, a number of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.
 
 
16

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)
 
 
Professor Dermot Kelleher - Independent Non-Executive Director (aged 56) has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since May 2008. Professor Kelleher is currently Head of the School of Medicine at Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland and Director of the Institute of Molecular Medicine in Dublin. His research interests are broad ranging in the fields of Gastroenterology, Immunology and Molecular Biology and over a distinguished career he has led significant research projects in this field.  Alongside his notable academic appointments he has served as a visiting research scientist with a major pharmaceutical company and has been a founder of a number of biotechnology companies
 
Declan McKeon- Independent Non-Executive Director (aged 60) has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since April 2010. Mr. McKeon was a partner in PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from 1986 to 2007.  His roles included leadership of the audit and business advisory team for PwC Ireland, membership on the PwC Europe audit and business advisory services executive and market sector lead for consumer and industrial products.  Mr. McKeon is a non-executive Director of Ryanair plc, remains a consultant to PwC and sits on the audit committee of the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland. Mr. McKeon holds a Bachelor of Commerce and Masters in Business Studies from University College Dublin and is a Fellow of The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland.
 
Cathrin Petty - Independent Non-Executive Director (aged 38) has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since October 2010. Ms. Petty is a Special Partner at Vitruvian Partners LLP, a non-Executive Director for Circassia Limited, a Director on the Board of Healthcare at Home and a member of GSK's Discovery Investment Board.  Ms. Petty is an advisor to the pharmaceutical industry and formerly served as a non-Executive Director for the NHS (Strategic Health Authority for Greater London). Between 2000 and 2010, Ms. Petty was a Healthcare Partner in Apax Partners LLP with responsibility for originating, executing, monitoring and exiting healthcare private equity investments. Her early career included Senior Associate and Research Analyst roles at Schroder Ventures Life Sciences and Schroders Investment Management.
 
Senior Management

Brendan Brennan - Chief Financial Officer (aged 33) has served as Chief Financial Officer since February 2012 having previously served as acting Chief Financial Officer since October 2011. Prior to this appointment he served in a number of senior finance roles in ICON including the role of Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance.  He has been a senior member of the ICON finance team since January 2006. Prior to this he developed his corporate finance experience in Cement Roadstone Holdings a major Irish building materials organisation.  He qualified as a Chartered Accountant with PricewaterhouseCoopers and obtained a bachelors degree in Accounting and Finance from Dublin City University.
 
Dr. Steven Cutler - Group President Clinical Research Services (aged 51) was appointed Group President Clinical Research Services in November 2011. Prior to joining the Company Dr. Cutler held the position of Chief Executive Officer of Kendle, having previously served as Chief Operating Officer. Prior to Kendle, Dr. Cutler spent 14 years with Quintiles where he served as Senior Vice President, Global Project Management; Senior Vice President, Clinical, Medical and Regulatory; Senior Vice President, Project Management - Europe; and Vice President, Oncology - Europe as well as regional leadership positions in South Africa and Australia. Prior to joining Quintiles Dr. Cutler held positions with Sandoz (now Novartis) in Australia and Europe. He holds a B.Sc. and a Ph.D from the University of Sydney and a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Birmingham (UK).
 
Diarmaid Cunningham  - General Counsel and Company Secretary (aged 37) was appointed Company Secretary in November 2011. He has served as the Company’s General Counsel since November 2009.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr Cunningham spent 10 years with A&L Goodbody, one of Ireland's premier corporate law firms.  Mr. Cunningham graduated with a Bachelor of Business and Legal Studies from University College Dublin in 1997 and qualified as a Solicitor with A&L Goodbody in 2001.
 
 
17

 

Compensation and Organisation Committee Report

 
Remuneration policy

The Compensation and Organisation Committee seeks to achieve the following goals with the Company’s executive compensation programmes: to attract, motivate and retain key executives and to reward executives for value creation. The Committee seeks to foster a performance-oriented environment by ensuring that a significant portion of each executive’s cash and equity compensation is based on the achievement of performance targets that are important to the Company and its shareholders.

The Company’s executive compensation programme has three elements: base salary, a bonus plan and equity incentives in the form of share related awards granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans. All elements of key executives compensation are determined by the Committee based on the achievement of the Group’s objectives.

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration

Non-Executive Directors are remunerated by way of Directors’ fees and are also eligible for participation in the share option scheme. The Corporate Governance Report sets out why it is appropriate for the non-Executive Directors to participate in the share option scheme. Non-Executive Directors are not eligible for performance related bonuses and no pension contributions are made on their behalf. Non-executive Directors’ remuneration is set by the Execution committee, taking into account the recommendations of the Nominating and Governance committee.

Executive Directors’ and Key Executive Officers’ remuneration

Total cash compensation is divided into a base salary portion and a bonus incentive portion. Base salary is established based on peer group analysis and is adjusted based on individual performance and experience. The Committee targets total cash compensation at the peer group median of comparable Irish companies and peer CRO companies, adjusted upward or downward based on individual performance and experience. The Committee believes that the higher the executive’s level of responsibility within the Company, the greater the percentage of the executive’s compensation that should be tied to the Company’s performance. Target bonus incentive for executive officers ranges between 80% and 100% of base salary.

The Company’s executives are eligible to receive equity incentives, including share options and restricted share units, granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans. If executives receive equity incentive grants, they are normally approved annually at the first regularly scheduled meeting of the Committee in the fiscal year and awarded at the closing price on the second full day following the release of the Company’s prior year results. Newly hired executives may receive sign-on grants, if approved by the Committee. In addition, the Committee may, in its discretion, issue additional equity incentive awards to executives if the Committee determines such awards are necessary to ensure appropriate incentives are in place. The number of equity awards granted to each participant is determined primarily based on an award range determined by the Committee at the start of each year. The extent of existing options is not generally considered in granting equity awards, except that the Company occasionally grants an initial round of equity awards to newly recruited executives to provide them a stake in the Company’s success from the commencement of their employment. The Company granted equity incentive awards, in the form of share options, to executive officers in its fiscal years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010.  Share option grants awarded to executive officers typically vest over a  five year period with 20% becoming exercisable on each anniversary of date of grant.  Some options granted to executive officers vest evenly over a three year period with one third becoming exercisable on each anniversary of date of grant. This is considered appropriate given the Company has its primary listing on NASDAQ. A common vesting period for share options granted to executive officers of NASDAQ listed companies is three years. Accordingly, the Company does not view such share options as being “in normal circumstances” as per Schedule A of the UK Code.

All executive officers are eligible to participate in a defined contribution pension plan. The Company’s contributions are generally a fixed percentage of their annual compensation, supplementing contributions by the executive. The Company has the discretion to make additional contributions if deemed appropriate by the Committee. The Company’s contributions are determined at the peer group median of comparable Irish companies and peer CRO companies.  Contributions to this plan are recorded as an expense in the Consolidated Income Statement.
 
 
18

 
 
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)
 
 
Directors’ and Key Executive Officers service agreements and letters of engagement

Dr. Bruce Given
Dr. Bruce Given was appointed Chairman of the Board of the Company in January 2010. He has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since September 2004. The arrangements with Dr. Given provide for the payment to him of annual fees of $316,932 per annum plus reasonable expenses properly incurred in carrying out his duties for the Company. He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 28,000 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $8.60 to $35.33.

Mr. Peter Gray
Mr. Peter Gray is currently Vice Chairman of the Company, a position he has held since October 2011. He has served as an Executive Director of the Company since June 1997. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from November 2002 to September 2011 and Chief Operating Officer from June 2001 to November 2002. In September 2011 Mr. Gray retired as CEO of the Company in accordance with the terms of his service agreement which is terminable on 12 months notice by either party. Under the terms of his service agreement Mr. Gray is entitled to receive an annual salary of €535,500 ($695,000) and a bonus to be agreed by the Compensation and Organization Committee. Mr. Gray’s notice period expires on 30 September 2012 and his service agreement continues to apply during the notice period. He is also entitled to receive a pension contribution, company car and medical insurance coverage for himself and his dependants. He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 288,000 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $11.00 to $35.33 per share and 100,000 Restricted Share Units which were due to vest on 3 March 2014, the third anniversary of date of award and therefore are not expected to vest. His service agreement requires him to devote his full time and attention to his duties for the Company excepting certain non-executive Director positions authorised by the Board. The Board has authorised Mr. Gray to serve as Chairman ,and previously Audit Committee Chairman, of United Drug plc and as a non-executive Director of Danica Life Limited. During the year ended 31 December 2011 he was paid and retained fees of €67,000 ($93,525) by United Drug plc and €33,075 ($46,170) by Danica Life Limited. The service agreement with Mr. Gray includes certain post termination clauses including non-disclosure, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.
 
Mr. Ciaran Murray
Mr. Ciaran Murray is currently Chief Executive Officer of the Company, a position he has held since October 2011. He has served as an Executive Director of the Company since October 2011. He previously served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company from October 2005 until October 2011. The service agreement with Mr. Murray is terminable on 12 months notice by either party. Under the terms of this agreement Mr. Murray is entitled to receive an annual salary of €630,000 ($800,000) (reflecting a salary increase as of 1 April 2012) and a bonus to be agreed by the Compensation and Organisation Committee. He is also entitled to receive a pension contribution, a company car and medical insurance coverage for himself and his dependants. He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 345,000 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $10.42 to $35.33 per share. He has also been granted 200,000 Restricted Share Units, 50,000 of which vest on 27 April 2013, the first anniversary of the date of the award, 100,000 of which vest on 1 October 2014, the third anniversary of the date of the award, and 50,000 on 10 February 2016, the fifth anniversary of the date of the award. His service agreement requires him to devote his full time and attention to his duties for the Company excepting certain non-executive Director positions authorised by the Board. The service agreement with Mr. Murray includes termination and change of control provisions, certain post-termination clauses including non-disclosure, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions and provisions relating to clawback of bonus compensation and forfeiture of long term incentives in certain circumstances.
 
 
19

 

Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)


Directors’ and Key Executive Officers service agreements and letters of engagement (continued)

Mr Brendan Brennan
Mr. Brendan Brennan is currently Chief Financial Officer of the Company, a position he has held since February 2012. He previously served in a number of senior finance roles in ICON including the role of Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance. The service agreement with Mr. Brennan is terminable on 12 month’s notice by either party. Under the terms of this agreement Mr. Brennan is entitled to receive an annual salary of €300,000 ($388,830) and a bonus to be agreed by the Compensation and Organisation Committee. He is also entitled to receive a pension contribution, a company car and medical insurance coverage for himself and his dependants. He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 34,100 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $20.28 to $35.33 per share and 20,000 Restricted Share Units, which vest on 21 February 2015, the third anniversary of the date of the award. His service agreement requires him to devote his full time and attention to his duties for the Company excepting certain non-executive Director positions authorised by the Board. The service agreement with Mr. Brennan includes termination and change of control provisions, certain post-termination clauses including non-disclosure, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions and provisions relating to clawback of bonus compensation and forfeiture of long term incentives in certain circumstances.
 
Dr. John Climax
Dr. John Climax, one of the Company’s co-founders, served as Chairman of the Board of the Company from November 2002 to December 2009. He also served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from June 1990 to October 2002 and is currently a non-executive Director since 1 January 2010. The arrangements with Dr. Climax provide for the payment to him of Director fees of $48,000 per annum plus reasonable expenses properly incurred in carrying out his duties for the Company. He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 90,000 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $11.00 to $35.33 per share.

Following Dr Climax’s retirement as Chairman in December 2009, the Company entered a three year agreement with Rotrua Limited, a company controlled by Dr. Climax, for the provision of consultancy services at an agreed fee of €262,500 ($342,226) per annum. Pursuant to the consultancy agreement, Dr. Climax also agreed to certain restrictions that will apply to him after the termination of the consultancy agreement including non-disclosure, non-competition and non-solicitation. The consultancy agreement provides that the Company will provide, during the term of the agreement, permanent disability and life insurance cover for Dr. Climax and medical insurance cover for himself and his dependants.

Dr. Ronan Lambe
Dr. Ronan Lambe, one of the Company’s co-founders, served as Chairman of the Board of the Company from June 1990 to November 2002 and is currently a non-executive Director of the Company.  The arrangements with Dr. Lambe provide for the payment to him of Director fees of $53,000 per annum plus reasonable expenses properly incurred in carrying out his duties for the Company. He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 20,000 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $8.60 to $35.33 per share.

Mr. Thomas Lynch
Mr. Thomas Lynch has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since January 1996. The arrangements with Mr. Lynch provide for the payment to him of Director fees of $78,000 (pre 18 July 2011: $78,000 per annum - his fees decreased in July 2011 to $63,000 as he retired as Chairman of the Audit Committee but, these increased again to $78,000 in February 2012 when he became Chairman of the Compensation and Organisation Committee) per annum plus reasonable expenses properly incurred in carrying out his duties for the Company.  He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 22,000 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $8.60 to $35.33 per share.
 
 
20

 
 
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)

Professor Dermot Kelleher
Professor Dermot Kelleher has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since May 2008. The arrangements with Professor Kelleher provide for the payment to him of Director fees of $73,000 per annum. He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 14,000 ordinary share options at an exercise prices ranging from $22.26 to $36.04.

Mr. Declan McKeon
Mr. Declan McKeon has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since April 2010. The arrangements with Mr McKeon provide for the payment to him of Directors fees of $73,000 per annum (pre 18 July 2011: $53,000 per annum - his fees increased in July 2011 as he was appointed Chairman of the Audit Committee and again in February 2012 when he became a member of the Compensation and Organisation Committee). He was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 7,000 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $20.28 to $29.45.

Ms Cathrin Petty
Ms. Cathrin Petty has served as a non-executive Director of the Company since October 2010. The arrangements with Ms. Petty provide for the payment to her of Directors fees of $53,000 per annum. She was previously granted and held at 30 April 2012, 7,000 ordinary share options at exercise prices ranging from $19.45 to $22.30.
 
 
21

 
 
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)
 
 
Directors and Key Executive Officers Remuneration

Year ended 31 December 2011

 
 
Salary
 
Bonus
 
 
Pension
contribution*
 
All other compensation
 
 
Subtotal
 
 
Subtotal
 
Director
Fees
Share-
based****
compensation
 
Total
compensation
 
€’000
€’000
€’000
€’000
€’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Executive Director &
Key Executive Officers
               
Peter Gray
533
187
57
37
814
1,139
-
741
1,880
Ciaran Murray**
458
300
46
22
826
1,155
-
626
1,781
 
991
487
103
59
1,640
2,294
-
1,367
3,661
Non-executive Directors
               
Bruce Given
-
-
-
-
-
-
317
31
348
John Climax
-
-
-
-
-
-
48
12
60
Ronan Lambe
-
-
-
-
-
-
53
19
72
Thomas Lynch
-
-
-
-
-
-
71
19
90
Dermot Kelleher
-
-
-
-
-
-
73
25
98
Anthony Murphy***
-
-
-
-
-
-
78
16
94
Declan McKeon
-
-
-
-
-
-
61
17
78
Cathrin Petty
-
-
-
-
-
-
59
15
74
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
760
154
914
Total
991
487
103
59
1,640
2,294
760
1,521
4,575
*Pension contributions above represent contributions paid by the Company to a defined contribution pension scheme.
**   Appointed Director of the Company on 1 October 2011. Prior to this he was a key executive officer in his position as chief financial officer.
*** Retired on 31 December 2011
****    Represents the current year amortisation of the grant-date fair value of share options and restricted share units.  The grant date fair value is calculated using a binomial lattice model and is amortised to the Consolidated Income statement over the period of vesting of the related option or restricted share unit.
 
 
22

 
 
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)
 
 
Directors and Key Executive Officers Remuneration

Year ended 31 December 2010

 
 
Salary
 
Bonus
 
 
Pension
contribution*
 
All other compensation
 
 
Subtotal
 
 
Subtotal
 
Director
Fees
Share-
based***
compensation
 
Total
compensation
 
€’000
€’000
€’000
€’000
€’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Executive Director &
Key Executive Officers
               
Peter Gray
525
105
53
37
720
958
-
761
1,719
Ciaran Murray
400
100
38
18
556
739
-
219
958
 
925
205
91
55
1,276
1,697
-
980
2,677
Non-executive Directors
               
Bruce Given
-
-
-
-
-
-
317
31
348
John Climax**
-
-
-
53
53
68
48
7
123
Ronan Lambe
-
-
-
-
-
-
52
21
73
Thomas Lynch
-
-
-
-
-
-
78
23
101
Edward Roberts
-
-
-
-
-
-
17
44
61
Dermot Kelleher
-
-
-
-
-
-
65
30
95
Anthony Murphy
-
-
-
-
-
-
75
14
89
Declan McKeon
-
-
-
-
-
-
40
12
52
Cathrin Petty
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
2
14
 
-
-
-
53
53
68
704
184
956
Total
925
205
91
108
1,329
1,765
704
1,164
3,633
*
Pension contributions above represent contributions paid by the Company to a defined contribution pension scheme.
**
Further information is set out in the Directors’ and Key Executive Officers service agreements and letters of engagement section on pages 19 to 21 of this report.
***
Represents the current year amortisation of the grant-date fair value of share options.  The grant date fair value is calculated using a binomial lattice model and is amortised to the Consolidate Income statement over the period of vesting of the related option.
 
 
23

 
 
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)
 
 
The Directors, Company secretary and Key executive officers have the following interests, all of which are beneficial, other than as stated, in the shares and share options of the Company or other Group companies at the following dates:
 
   
Interest at
30 April 2012
Interest at
31 December 2011
Interest at
31 December 2010
 
Name
Name of  company and description of shares
Number of shares
 
Options
Number of shares
 
Options
Number of shares
 
Options
               
Dr. Bruce Given
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
500
28,000
500
24,000
500
20,000
               
Peter Gray
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
300,080
288,000
300,080
288,000
376,288
238,000
               
Ciaran Murray
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
-
345,000
-
295,000
-
115,000
               
Brendan Brennan*
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
-
34,100
-
14,100
-
9,100
               
Dr. John Climax
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
1,607,568
90,000
1,607,568
88,000
1,607,568
106,000
               
Dr. Ronan Lambe
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
400
20,000
400
18,000
400
22,000
               
Thomas Lynch
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
1,204
22,000
1,204
20,000
1,204
18,000
               
Prof. Dermot Kelleher
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
-
14,000
-
12,000
-
10,000
               
Declan McKeon
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
-
7,000
-
5,000
-
3,000
               
Cathrin Petty
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
-
7,000
-
5,000
-
3,000
               
Diarmaid Cunningham**
ICON plc
           
 
Ordinary Shares €0.06
-
22,000
-
7,000
-
2,000
*Appointed CFO in 15 February 2012 and deemed to be a key executive officer from that date.
**Appointed Company secretary on 1 October 2011.

On 21 February 2012, Mr Brendan Brennan and Mr Diarmaid Cunningham were awarded 20,000 and 10,000 restricted stock units respectively. These awards will vest after three years from the date of grant. On 3 March 2011, Mr. Peter Gray was awarded 100,000 restricted stock units with a vesting period of three years. Due to his retirement as CEO in September 2011 they are now not expected to vest as originally anticipated. On 10 February 2011, Mr. Ciaran Murray was awarded 50,000 restricted stock units which will vest after 5 years, on 1 October 2011 he was awarded 100,000 restricted stock units which will vest after 3 years and on 27 April 2012 he was awarded 50,000 restricted stock units which will vest after 1 year.
 
 
24

 
 
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)
 
 
Further details regarding the above share options at 30 April 2012 are as follows:

 
Name
 
Options
Exercise
price
 
 
Grant date
 
Expiry date
Dr. Bruce Given
4,000
4,000
4,000
2,000
2,000
4,000
4,000
4,000
$8.60
$11.00
$21.25
$35.33
$22.26
$24.46
$20.28
$22.30
 
24 February 2005
3 February 2006
16 February 2007
26 February 2008
25 February 2009
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
27 April 2012
24 February 2013
3 February 2014
16 February 2015
26 February 2016
25 February 2017
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
27 April 2020
           
Peter Gray
12,000
12,000
14,000
50,000
150,000
50,000
$11.00
$21.25
$35.33
$15.84
$24.25
$20.28
 
3 February 2006
16 February 2007
26 February 2008
30 April 2009
8 March 2010
3 March 2011
3 February 2014
16 February 2015
26 February 2016
30 April 2017
8 March 2018
3 March 2019
           
Ciaran Murray
20,000
18,000
16,000
14,000
17,000
30,000
30,000
150,000
50,000
$10.42
$11.00
$21.25
$35.33
$22.26
$24.46
$20.28
$16.80
$22.30
 
17 January 2006
3 February 2006
16 February 2007
26 February 2008
25 February 2009
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
31 October 2011
27 April 2012
17 January 2014
3 February 2014
16 February 2015
26 February 2016
25 February 2017
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
31 October 2019
27 April 2020
           
Brendan Brennan
2,000
2,000
2,100
3,000
5,000
20,000
$21.25
$35.33
$22.26
$24.46
$20.28
$20.59
 
16 February 2007
26 February 2008
25 February 2009
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
22 February 2012
16 February 2015
26 February 2016
25 February 2017
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
22 February 2020
           
Dr. John Climax
 
12,000
12,000
10,000
50,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
$11.00
$21.25
$35.33
$15.84
$24.46
$20.28
$22.30
 
3 February 2006
16 February 2007
26 February 2008
30 April 2009
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
27 April 2012
3 February 2014
16 February 2015
26 February 2016
30 April 2017
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
27 April 2020
           
 
 
25

 
 
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)
 
 
 
Name
 
Options
Exercise
price
 
 
Grant date
 
Expiry date
Dr. Ronan Lambe
4,000
4,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
$8.60
$11.00
$21.25
$35.33
$22.26
$24.46
$20.28
$22.30
 
24 February 2005
3 February 2006
16 February 2007
26 February 2008
25 February 2009
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
27 April 2012
24 February 2013
3 February 2014
16 February 2015
26 February 2016
25 February 2017
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
27 April 2020
           
Thomas Lynch
2,400
2,400
3,200
4,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
$8.88
$8.60
$11.00
$21.25
$35.33
$22.26
$24.46
$20.28
$22.30
 
4 February 2004
24 February 2005
3 February 2006
16 February 2007
26 February 2008
25 February 2009
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
27 April 2012
4 February 2012
24 February 2013
3 February 2014
16 February 2015
26 February 2016
25 February 2017
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
27 April 2020
           
Prof. Dermot Kelleher
6,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
$36.04
$22.26
$24.46
$20.28
$22.30
 
27 May 2008
25 February 2009
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
27 April 2012
27 May 2016
25 February 2017
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
27 April 2020
           
Declan McKeon
3,000
2,000
2,000
$29.45
$20.28
$22.30
 
29 April 2010
3 March 2011
27 April 2012
29 April 2018
3 March 2019
27 April 2020
           
Cathrin Petty
3,000
2,000
2,000
$19.45
$20.28
$22.30
 
26 October 2010
3 March 2011
27 April 2012
26 October 2018
3 March 2019
27 April 2020
           
Diarmaid Cunningham
2,000
5,000
15,000
$24.46
$20.28
$20.59
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
22 February 2012
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
22 February 2020

 
26

 
 
Compensation and Organisation Committee Report (continued)
 
 
Directors’ and Key Executive Officers share and share option transactions

Details of transactions entered into by Directors and Key Executive Officers in shares and shares options of the Company during the year ended 31 December 2011 were are follows:

Share options exercised
 
 
 
Name
 
Number of
share options
Average
exercise
price
Market
price on date of
exercise
       
Dr. John Climax
20,000
$8.88
$16.45
       
Dr. Ronan Lambe
6,000
$8.88
$16.12

Shares purchased/(sold)
   
 
 
 
Name
 
 
Number of
shares
Average
purchase
price/exercise
price
 
 
Number of
shares
 
Average market
price of shares
sold
         
Dr. John Climax
-
-
(76,208)
$17.00
         
Dr. John Climax
-
-
(20,000)
$16.45
         
Dr. Ronan Lambe
-
-
(6,000)
$16.12

The market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year ended 31 December 2011 moved in the range of $15.03 to $26.22 (year ended 31 December 2010: in the range of $18.93 to $30.31).  The closing share price at 31 December 2011 was $17.11 (at 31 December 2010 $21.90).



On behalf of the Compensation and Organisation Committee

Mr. Tom Lynch
Chairman
Compensation and Organisation Committee
30 April 2012
 
 
27

 
 
Corporate Governance Report
 
 
Corporate governance statement

The Company’s primary listing for its shares is the NASDAQ market. The Company also maintains a secondary listing on the Irish Stock Exchange. The Company is currently evaluating the benefits of its secondary listing on the Irish Stock Exchange due to the Company's international operations and profile. The Company is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance and compliance consistent with best practice and during the year ended 31 December 2011 has applied, where practicable taking into account the Company’s particular circumstances, with the UK Corporate Governance Code published by the Financial Reporting Council in June 2010 (the “UK Code”) pursuant to the Company’s secondary listing on the Irish Stock Exchange which applies to the Company. The provisions of the Irish Corporate Governance Annex do not apply to the Company as the Annex is addressed only to companies with a primary listing on the Irish Stock Exchange and the Company has a secondary listing on the Irish Stock Exchange.

 Board of Directors

The business of the Company is managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company which are not required by the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 or by the Articles of Association of the Company to be exercised by the Company in general meeting.  A meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.  The Directors may delegate (with power to sub-delegate) to any Director holding any executive office and to any Committee consisting of one or more Directors, together with such other persons as may be appointed to such Committee by the Directors, provided that a majority of the members of each Committee appointed by the Directors shall at all times consist of Directors and that no resolution of any such Committee shall be effective unless a majority of the members of the Committee present at the meeting at which it was passed are Directors.

The Board comprises two executives and seven non-Executive Directors at the date of this report.  The non-Executive Directors bring independent judgment to bear on issues of strategy, performance, resources, key appointments and standards.  The Company considers that its non-Executive Directors have a range of complementary skills, experience and knowledge and that each non-Executive Director has specific skills, experience and knowledge that is valuable to the Company. Board members between them have very strong financial, pharmaceutical, CRO, scientific, medical and other skills and knowledge which are harnessed to address the challenges facing the Group. The Board meets regularly throughout the year and all Directors have full and timely access to the information necessary for them to discharge their duties. There is a formal schedule of matters reserved to the Board for consideration and decision including approval of strategic plans, financial statements, acquisitions, material capital expenditures and review of the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls, thereby maintaining control of the Company and its future direction.  The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary and may seek external independent professional advice where required. The Board considers its current size of nine Directors, comprising two executive Directors and seven non-executive Directors, to be currently adequate and appropriate but continues to look for suitable qualified potential candidates to join the Board as a non-executive Director. The board anticipates and is working towards appointing at least one new independent non-executive Director during 2012. The Board is seeking to appoint independent non-executive Directors who represent a mix of backgrounds and experiences that will enhance the quality of the Board’s deliberations and decisions.

As detailed below, certain other matters are delegated to Board Committees and all Board Committees report to the Board.  The Company maintains an appropriate level of insurance cover in respect of legal action against its Directors. The Board, through the Nominating and Governance Committee, engages in succession planning for the Board and in so doing considers the strength and depth of the Board and the levels of knowledge, skills and experience of the Directors necessary for the Group to achieve its objectives. The Board normally meets at least four times each year. During the year ended 31 December 2011 the Board met on four occasions and also had regular board updates by telephone. All Directors allocated sufficient time to the Company during the year ended 31 December 2011 to effectively discharge their responsibilities to the Company.
 
 
28

 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)
 
 
Directors’ retirement and re-election

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that, unless otherwise determined by the Company at a general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be more than 15 nor less than 3. At each annual general meeting, one third of the Directors who are subject to retirement by rotation, rounded down to the next whole number if it is a fractional number, shall retire from office. The Directors to retire shall be those who have been longest in office, but as between persons who became or were last re-appointed on the same day, those to retire shall be determined, unless otherwise agreed, by lot. Any additional Director appointed by the Company shall hold office until the next annual general meeting and will be subject to re-election at that meeting. Accordingly, at the annual general meeting of the Company to be held in 2012, it is anticipated that two Directors will retire by rotation and offer themselves for re-election. In addition, Mr Ciaran Murray, having been appointed a Director by the Company in October 2011, will also offer himself for re-election.

The Company has carefully considered the UK Code provision encouraging annual re-election of the entire Board for FTSE 350 companies as the Company would be regarded as a FTSE 350 Company by the Irish Corporate Governance Annex published by the Irish Stock Exchange. The Board recognises the critical importance of having an effective Board of Directors and, as set out on page 35, places the highest importance on active engagement with shareholders. However, the Company is currently intending not to apply annual re-election of the entire Board for the July 2012 annual general meeting as it is not required to do so under the NASDAQ rules (where the Company has its primary listing) and also because the Company does not believe that annual re-election of the entire Board in 2012 is in the best interest of shareholders for the following reasons:
 
(i)
the Directors have built up significant knowledge relating to the nature of the Group’s business, it’s long term and strategic relationships with customers and the development of the Company’s strategy against the background of significant change in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, which together mean that it is important for the Company not to be exposed to losing more than one third of Directors in 2012,
 
(ii)
the Board has already undergone significant change and refreshment  in the previous two years with two Directors (Mr Anthony Murphy and Mr Ted Roberts) retiring and the appointment of three new Directors (Mr Ciaran Murray, Ms Cathrin Petty and Mr Declan McKeon)
The Board will keep annual re-election of the entire Board under careful review including monitoring the views of shareholders on the subject.

Directors’ Independence

The Board considers the non-Executive Directors, excluding Dr. Ronan Lambe and Dr. John Climax, to be independent. The Board therefore considers each of Cathrin Petty, Declan Mc Keon, Dermot Kelleher and Thomas Lynch to be independent. The Board consider this to be the case notwithstanding:
 
(i)
the granting of share options to them which is considered appropriate given;
 
a.
the work that they undertake on behalf of the Company;
 
b.
their value to the Company;
 
c.
the fact that each Director receives a relatively small number of options each year;
 
d.
the fact that it is usual for a non-executive Director of a NASDAQ company to be granted options and;
 
 
e.
the fact that the Company’s primary listing is on the NASDAQ (as NASDAQ rules do not prevent non-Executive Directors from receiving share options).
 
 
The Company acknowledges that the UK Code recommends that non-Executive Directors should not receive share options but the Company feels that, based on the reasons above, it is appropriate for share options to be granted to Non-executive Directors; and
 
(ii)
in the case of Thomas Lynch, that he has served as a non-Executive Director for more than 9 years. (The reasons for this are set out in the Compliance Statement on page 35).
The non-Executive Directors bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance, resources, key appointments and standards and the Board are satisfied that all of the independent non-Executive Directors are independent in character and judgement and there are no relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, any independent non-executive’s judgement. The Board also considers its Chairman, Dr Bruce Given, to be independent and also to have been independent on the date he was appointed as Chairman of the Board.
 
 
29

 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)
 
 
Chairman

On 1 January 2010, Dr. Bruce Given was appointed Chairman of the Board of the Company. The Chairman is responsible for the efficient and effective working of the Board. He ensures that Board agendas cover the key issues confronting the Group and that briefing papers are circulated to Board members in advance of meetings allowing them full and timely access to the information necessary to enable them to discharge their duties. The Chairman is available to shareholders who may have concerns that cannot be addressed through the Chief Executive Officer. The Chairman makes himself available to the non-Executive Directors without the executive Directors present. The Chairman evaluates and monitors the performance of the other Directors. In addition, in April 2012 the Board approved a formal Board evaluation process which will be completed by each Director prior to the July 2012 Board meeting and the results of the evaluation process will be discussed by the Board. The Board feels that this formal review of Board performance shows the Board’s commitment to good corporate governance and is sufficiently rigorous to properly evaluate Board performance. The Board is aware that the UK Code recommends for FTSE350 companies that the evaluation of the Board should be externally facilitated at least every three years but is satisfied that the new formal review of Board performance is sufficient for now and is currently a better way of evaluating performance than involving a third party to evaluate Board performance.

Company Secretary

On 1 October 2011, Mr Ciaran Murray resigned as Secretary of the Company and on the same day Mr Diarmaid Cunningham was appointed Secretary of the Company. The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board.  All Directors have direct access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that applicable rules and regulations are complied with and that Board procedures are observed.

Senior Independent Director

Mr. Thomas Lynch was appointed as Senior Independent Director in February 2010. Mr. Lynch is available to shareholders should they have any concerns where contact through the normal channels of Chairman or Chief Executive Officer has failed to resolve a matter or for which such contact is inappropriate.

Skill and Contribution of Directors

The skills, knowledge and experience of each of the Directors is set out in the Board of Directors and Senior Management section. The Company believes their combined broad and diverse skills knowledge and experience are appropriate and adequate for the Company, however the Board continues to look for potential new Board members. The Chairman has informally evaluated the contribution of each Director to the Board during the year ended 31 December 2011 and was satisfied with each Director’s contribution and time commitment to the Board.

Induction and development

An induction programme is arranged for all new Directors.  This covers the major trading activities of the Company, the roles and responsibilities of Directors, information on the Group’s Strategy and individual meetings with members of the Company’s senior management team. All Directors are informed of relevant corporate and compliance developments as they arise and the Directors regularly update and refresh their skills and knowledge as appropriate.

 
30

 

Corporate Governance Report (continued)
 

Board committees

The Board has delegated some of its responsibilities to Board Committees. There are five permanent Committees. These are the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Organisation Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee, the Execution Committee and the Quality Committee. Each Committee has been charged with specific responsibilities and has written terms of reference that are reviewed periodically. Minutes of Committee meetings are circulated to all members of the Board.  The Company Secretary is available to act as secretary to each of the Board Committees if required. Appropriate key executives are regularly invited to attend meetings of the Board committees.  Each Committee Chairman informally evaluated the contribution of each Committee member to the Committee during the year ended 31 December 2011 and was satisfied with each Directors’ contribution.

The membership of each board committee at the date of this report, together with details of date of appointment to the committee, are as follows:

Board committee membership and dates of appointment
 
Audit
Compensation and Organisation
Nominating and Governance
Execution
Quality
           
Dr. Bruce Given
-
23 Sept 2004
23 Sept 2004
23 Feb 2010
-
Mr Peter Gray
-
-
-
-
-
Mr Ciaran Murray
-
-
-
23 Feb 2010
-
Mr Brendan Brennan
-
-
-
13 Feb 2012
-
Dr Ronan Lambe
-
-
-
-
23 Feb 2010
Dr John Climax
-
-
-
-
20 April 2012
Mr Thomas Lynch
17 July 1998
17 July 1998
22 July 2004
-
-
Prof. Dermot Kelleher
28 April 2008
-
-
-
23 Feb 2010
Mr Declan McKeon
19 April 2010
13 Feb 2012
-
-
-
Ms Cathrin Petty
-
-
13 Feb 2012
-
-


Audit Committee

The Audit Committee meets a minimum of four times a year. It reviews, and during 2011 it reviewed, the quarterly and annual financial statements, the effectiveness of the system of internal control (including the arrangement for group staff to raise concerns in confidence about possible financial inappropriateness) and recommends the appointment and removal of the external auditors.  It monitors the adequacy of internal accounting practices and addresses all issues raised and recommendations made by the external auditors.  It pre-approves on an annual basis, the audit and non-audit services provided to the Company by its external auditors.  Such annual pre-approval is given with respect to particular services.  The Audit Committee may also approve additional services not covered by the annual pre-approval, on a case by case basis as the need for such services arises.  The Audit Committee regularly reviews all services provided by the external auditors to ensure their independence and objectivity, taking into consideration relevant professional and regulatory requirements and ensuring these are not impaired by the provisions of permissible non-audit services.  The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the Head of Internal Audit, the Company Secretary and the external auditors normally attend all meetings of the Audit Committee and have direct access to the Committee Chairman at all times.

The Company is aware of the importance of risk management and has noted the developments in relation to risk management introduced by the UK Code. Management worked in 2011 with external risk consultants to evaluate the Group’s risk strategies and policies which have been developed by the Group based on its activities and potential exposures. The results of this work was presented by management to the Audit Committee in 2011 and also reported to the Board. This work in relation to risk management is being continued by management during 2012 and will be reported to the Board in 2012. The establishment of the quality committee of the Board in February 2010 was part of the Group’s ongoing efforts to manage and monitor risk. A key objective of the quality committee is to ensure that the Group does its work and provides its services in accordance with regulatory standards and contractual obligations.
 
 
31

 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)
 
 
The Audit Committee previously comprised Thomas Lynch (Chairman), Declan McKeon, Professor Dermot Kelleher, and Cathrin Petty. On 18 July 2011, Declan McKeon replaced Thomas Lynch as Chairman of the Audit Committee. At the Company’s Board meeting on February 13, 2012 composition of the Audit committee was amended to comprise Declan McKeon (Chairman), Thomas Lynch and Dermot Kelleher.

Compensation and Organisation Committee

The Compensation and Organisation Committee is responsible for senior executive remuneration.  The committee aims to ensure that remuneration packages are competitive so that individuals are appropriately rewarded relative to their responsibility, experience and value to the Group.  Annual bonuses for the executive Director’s are determined by the committee based on the achievement of the Company’s objectives. The Committee also oversees succession planning for the Groups’ senior management.  The Compensation and Organisation Committee currently comprises two non-executive independent Directors and the Company’s Chairman.  The Company notes that the UK code recommends that for FTSE 350 Companies the Committee should comprise at least three independent non-executive Directors and may also comprise the Chairman.  The Company will continue to monitor the composition of its Board committees during the year ending 31 December 2012 but feels that the current composition of the Committee is appropriate.

During 2011, the Compensation and Organisation Committee comprised Dr. Anthony Murphy (Chairman), Dr. Bruce Given and Thomas Lynch. On 31 December 2011, Dr. Anthony Murphy retired as Chairman and a member of the Compensation and Organisation Committee pursuant to his retirement as a non-executive Director of the Company in December 2011.  At the Company’s Board meeting on 13 February 2012 composition of the Compensaton and Organisation committee was amended to comprise Thomas Lynch (Chairman), Bruce Given and Declan McKeon. The Board feels that the Committee members wide range of industry and business experience (Further information is set out in the Board of Directors and Senior Management section of this report) means that the Committee has the appropriate knowledge, skills and experience.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance committee is responsible for the ongoing review of the membership of the Board committees and also for reviewing and recommending the corporate governance principles of the Company. As part of its ongoing review of the membership of the Board and board committees it regularly evaluates the balance of skills, knowledge and experience of the Board and, based on this evaluation, identifies and, if appropriate, recommends individuals to join the Board. The Committee has since 2010, and is continuing, to use an external search consultant to assist it in identifying potential new non-Executive Directors. The external research consultant has been instructed to assist the company in achieving its objective of appointing at least one new non-executive Director during 2012.  Once potential suitable candidates are identified either by the external search consultants or by members of the Nominating and Governance Committee, the Committee then discusses and considers the skills, knowledge and experience of the potential candidate. The Committee will assess if the Board requires and would benefit from the potential candidate’s skills, knowledge and experience and if it decides the potential candidate is suitable and would add relevant skills, knowledge and experience to the Board, the committee recommends to the Board that the potential candidate be appointed to the Board. The Board then decides whether or not to appoint the candidate. The Committee will pay appropriate regard to diversity when looking to appoint at least one new non-executive Director during 2012.

During 2011, the Nomination and Governance committee comprised Dr. Anthony Murphy (Chairman), Dr. Bruce Given and Thomas Lynch.  On 31 December 2011, Dr. Anthony Murphy retired as both Chairman and as a member of the Nomination and Governance committee pursuant to his retirement as a non-executive Director of the Company.  At the Company’s Board meeting on 13 February 2012, composition of the Nomination and Governance committee was amended to comprise Bruce Given (Chairman), Thomas Lynch and Cathrin Petty.
 
 
32

 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)
 
 
Execution Committee

The primary function of the Execution Committee is to exercise the power and authority of the Board at intervals between meetings of the Board. All powers exercised by the Execution Committee are ratified at subsequent Board meetings. This Committee convenes as often as it determines to be necessary or appropriate.  During 2011, the Execution Committee comprised Peter Gray (Chairman), Dr. Bruce Given and Ciaran Murray.  At the Company’s Board meeting on 13 February 2012 composition of the Execution committee was amended to comprise Ciaran Murray (Chairman), Bruce Given and Brendan Brennan.

Quality Committee

On 23 February 2010 the Company established a Quality Committee due to the importance of operational quality to the Group’s business.  The primary function of this committee is to oversee the Company’s quality strategy, commitment and performance. During 2011the committee comprised Professor Dermot Kelleher (Chairman) and Dr. Ronan Lambe. On 20 April 2012 the composition of the Quality Committee was amended to comprise Professor Dermot Kelleher (Chairman), Dr Ronan Lambe and Dr John Climax.

The Board continues to closely examine how best to refresh and further develop the Board Committees.


Attendance at Board and Committee meetings

Attendance at Board and committee meetings by the Directors who held office during 2011 are set out as follows:

Directors’ Attendance Table
           
 
Board
Audit
Compensation
and
Organisation
Nominating
and
Governance
Execution
Quality
   
Director
Number of meetings attended / number of meetings eligible to attend
Dr. Bruce Given
4/4
-
4/4
4/4*
4/4
-
Peter Gray
4/4
-
-
-
4/4
-
Mr Ciaran Murray
1/1
-
-
-
4/4*
-
Dr. Ronan Lambe
4/4
-
-
-
-
4/4
Dr. John Climax
4/4
-
-
-
-
-
Thomas Lynch
4/4
4/4
3/4*
4/4
-
-
Prof. Dermot Kelleher
4/4
3/4
-
-
-
4/4*
Dr. Anthony Murphy
4/4
-
4/4
4/4
-
-
Mr Declan McKeon
4/4
4/4*
-
-
-
-
Ms Cathrin Petty
4/4
4/4
-
-
-
-
             
*Denotes the current committee chairman.

 
33

 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)
 
 
Internal control

The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness.  However, such a system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives, and can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The principal processes comprising the system of internal control are as follows:

 
·
A clear focus on business objectives is established by the Board having considered the risk profile of the Group;
 
·
The organisation structure of the Group under the day-to-day direction of its Chief Executive Officer is clear. Defined lines of responsibility and delegation of authority have been established within which the Group’s activities can be planned, executed, controlled and monitored in order to achieve the strategic objectives which the Board has adopted for the Group;
 
·
A process of hierarchical reporting has been established which provides for a documented and auditable trail of accountability.  These procedures are relevant across Group operations and provide for successive assurances to be given at increasingly higher levels of management and, finally, to the Board.
 
·
The Board has reviewed the process for identifying and evaluating the significant risks affecting the business and the policies and procedures by which these risks are managed. The executive Director’s report to the Board significant changes in the business and external environment which affect the significant risks identified
 
·
The Company has a comprehensive process for reporting financial information to the Board including a budget process which is approved annually by the Board. The Chief Financial Officer provides the Board with quarterly financial information which includes key performance indicators.
 
·
The Group has a formal system of management and financial reporting, treasury management and capital project appraisal. This reporting system includes reporting on trading activities, operational issues, financial performance, working capital, cash flow and asset management. All material commitments are subject to Board approval.

To support our system of internal control the Company has a separate Internal Audit Function which reports independently to the Audit Committee of the Board. The Board reviews the effectiveness of the system of internal control and where areas for improvement in the system are identified, they will consider the recommendations made by the Audit Committee.

Management are responsible for the identification and evaluation of significant risks applicable to their areas of business together with the design and operation of suitable internal controls.  As part of this identification process, management, have identified a number of risks which could materially adversely affect the business, its financial condition or results of operations.  These risks, which are set out in appendix A of this annual report, are assessed on a continual basis.

With regard to the guidance for Directors on internal control, “Internal Control: Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code (the Turnbull guidance)”, the Board confirms, as outlined above, that there is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the Group. This has been in place for the period under review and up to the date of approval of the annual report and financial statements and is reviewed by the Board in accordance with the guidance.

Memorandum and articles of association

The Company’s Memorandum of Association sets out the objectives and powers of the Company.  The Articles of Association detail the rights attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares; the method by which the Company’s shares can be purchased or re-issued; the provisions which apply to the holding of and voting at general meetings; and the rules relating to the Directors, including their appointment, retirement, re-election, duties and powers.  The Company’s Articles of Association may be amended by special resolution passed by the shareholders at an annual or extraordinary general meeting of the Company.  A special resolution is passed at a meeting if not less than 75% of the members who vote in person or by proxy at the meeting vote in favour of the resolution.

A copy of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association can be obtained from the Company’s website.
 
 
34

 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)

 
Code of ethics

The Board of Directors adopted the Company’s code of ethics in 2003 (the “2003 Code”), which applies to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and any persons performing similar functions, if any, for the Company. On 22 March 2011 the 2003 Code was replaced by the Group’s new code of ethics which applies to all Group employees (the “2011 Code”).  There were no material modifications to, or waivers from, the provisions of the 2011 Code, which are required to be disclosed. Prior to being replaced by the 2011 Code, there were no waivers from the provisions of the 2003 Code, although minor modifications were made to it in January 2011. A copy of the 2011 Ethics Code is available on the Company’s website, www.iconplc.com.

Communications with shareholders

Communications with shareholders are given high priority and there is regular dialogue with individual institutional shareholders other than during closed periods, as well as general presentations at the time of the announcement of the annual and interim results. The Company’s Annual General Meeting affords individual shareholders the opportunity to question the Chairman, the Board and Board Committee Chairmen.  In addition, the Company’s Chairman is available to respond throughout the year to shareholders on issues that shareholders wish to raise and he also met with shareholders and attended investor conferences during 2011. The non-Executive Directors are kept regularly informed by management of the views of the stock market analysts and major shareholders in relation to the Company.

The Company’s website, www.iconplc.com, provides the full text of annual and interim reports together with all relevant press releases.

Compliance statement

The Board confirms that the Company has complied with the relevant principles of the UK Code during the year ended 31 December 2011 except for:

·
A formal policy for regular evaluation of the Board Committees, individual Directors and the Chairman was not in place during 2011 but has since been put in place during 2012,
·
Non Executive Directors received share options during 2011 (without shareholder approval)  which was deemed appropriate by the Board (as it is allowed by the NASDAQ listing rules where the Company has its primary listing), and
·
The Company did not apply annual re-election of all of the Directors or all Directors that have served on the Board for more than 9 years in 2011. In addition, the Company does not intend to apply annual re-election of all Director’s in 2012 (as outlined on page 29) and instead intends to seek the re-election of three of the Directors in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association.
·
The Company did not carry out an independent evaluation of the Board; however it should be noted that an independent evaluation is only required once every 3 years.
·
The UK Code requires that the membership of the Compensation & Organisation Committee of the Company (as the Company is regarded as equivalent to a FTSE 350 company) is comprised of at least three independent non-executive Directors.  In addition, the Chairman of the Board may also be a member.  During 2011, there were three members of the Compensation and Organisation Committee (Dr. Anthony Murphy (Chairman of the Committee and who retired from the Board in December 2011), Dr. Bruce Given (Board Chairman) and Thomas Lynch (independent non-executive Director).  Accordingly, there were only two independent non-executive Directors on the Committee which did not meet the UK Code requirement of at least 3 independent non-executive Directors.  However, the Board is satisfied that both the membership during 2011, and the current membership of the Committee, is appropriate but will continue to monitor the composition of this Committee.
 
 
35

 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)

Compliance statement (continued)

The Board considers Thomas Lynch to be independent despite having served as a non Executive Director for more than 9 years.  In making this decision, the Board took into account that the UK Code provides that a Director having more than 9 years service is relevant in deciding whether a Director is independent.  However, despite having more than 9 years service, the Board is satisfied that Thomas Lynch is independent for the purposes of the UK Code as he is independent in character and judgement and there are no relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, his judgement as an independent non-Executive Director and he has other significant commercial and professional commitments. In making this decision the Board took into account the Financial Reporting Council’s 2009 comments that independence is not the primary consideration when assessing the composition of the Board, and that the over-riding consideration is that the Board is fit for purpose. Mr. Lynch’s deep industry and commercial knowledge and experience are very valuable to the Board and help to ensure that the Board is fit for purpose.

The Company feels that all non-compliance with the UK Code is adequately explained in the Annual Report and that such non-compliance does not have a material impact on Shareholder’s interests.




On behalf of the board

Dr. Bruce Given
Ciaran Murray
Director
Director
 
 
36

 
 
Statement of Director’s Responsibilities
 
 
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Consolidated and Company financial statements, in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year.  Under that law the Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the EU and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009.  

The Group and Company financial statements are required by law and IFRSs as adopted by the EU to present fairly the financial position and performance of the Group and Company. The Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 provide in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.  

In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:  
·
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;  
·
make judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;  
·
state that the financial statements comply with the IFRSs as adopted by the EU, and in the case of the Company, as applied in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009; and
·
prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue in business.

Under applicable law and the requirements of the Listing Rules issued by the Irish Stock Exchange, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report and reports relating to Directors’ remuneration and corporate governance that comply with the law and those Rules.  In particular, in accordance with the Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 (the Transparency Regulations), the Directors are required to include in their report a fair review of the business and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties (outlined in Appendix A) facing the Group and the Company and a responsibility statement relating to these and other matters, included below.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper books of account that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and Company and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.  

Under applicable law and the requirements of the Listing Rules issued by the Irish Stock Exchange regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report and reports relating to Directors’ remuneration and corporate governance that comply with that law and those Rules.  

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website.  Legislation in the Republic of Ireland governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
 
 
37

 
 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities (continued)
 
 
Responsibility Statement, in accordance with the Transparency Regulations

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on page 2 confirm that, to the best of each person’s knowledge and belief:

·
the Group financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Group at 31 December 2011 and its profit for the year then ended;
·
the Company financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Company at 31 December 2011; and
·
the Directors’ report contained in the Annual Report includes a fair view of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.




On behalf of the board


Dr. Bruce Given
Ciaran Murray
Director
Director
 
 
38

 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of ICON plc
 
 
We have audited the Group and Company financial statements (the ‘‘financial statements’’) of ICON plc for the year ended 31 December 2011 which comprise of the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position, the Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flow, the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity and the related notes (notes 1 to 32).  These financial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein.
 
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 193 of the Companies Act 1990.  Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and Auditors
 
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU and, in the case of the Company as applied in accordance with Company Acts 1963 to 2009, are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on pages 37 and 38.
 
Our responsibility is to audit the financial statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).
 
We report to you our opinion as to whether the financial statements give a true and fair view in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and, in the case of the Consolidated financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.  We also report to you our opinion as to: whether proper books of account have been kept by the Company; whether at the reporting date, there exists a financial situation requiring the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of the Company; and whether the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with the financial statements. In addition, we state whether we have obtained all the information and explanations necessary for the purposes of our audit, and whether the Company Statement of Financial Position is in agreement with the books of account.
 
We also report to you if, in our opinion, any information specified by law or the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange regarding Directors’ remuneration and Directors’ transactions is not disclosed and, where practicable, include such information in our report.

We are required by law to report to you our opinion as to whether the description of the main features of the internal control and risk management systems in relation to the process for preparing the consolidated group financial statements, set out in the annual Corporate Governance Statement is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. In addition, we review whether the Corporate Governance Statement reflects the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code and we report if it does not.  We are not required to consider whether the board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures.
 
We read the other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited financial statements.  The other information comprises only the Directors’ Report and the Report on Directors’ Remuneration.  We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the financial statements.  Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information.
 
 
39

 

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of ICON plc (continued)
 
 
Basis of audit opinion
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board.  An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgments made by the Directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and Company’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.
 
We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error.  In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.
 
Opinion
 
In our opinion:
 
·  
the Consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2011and of its profit for the year then ended;
 
·  
the Company financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2011;
 
·  
the Consolidated financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation; and
 
·  
the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009.
 
Other matters

We have obtained all the information and explanations which we consider necessary for the purposes of our audit. In our opinion proper books of account have been kept by the Company. The Company Statement of Financial Position is in agreement with the books of account.

In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report and the description in the annual corporate governance statement of the main features of the internal control and risk management systems in relation to the process for preparing the consolidated groups financial statements is consistent with the financial statements.

The net assets of the Company, as stated in the Company Statement of Financial Position, are more than half of the amount of its called-up share capital and, in our opinion, on that basis there did not exist at 31 December 2011 a financial situation which under Section 40 (1) of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1983 would require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.


 
________________

Sean O’Keefe (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of KPMG, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
Registered Auditor
1Stokes place
St Stephens Green
Dublin, Ireland
30 April 2012
 
 
40

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies
 
 
Statement of compliance

The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) that are adopted by the European Union (EU) that are effective at 31 December 2011.  The Directors have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. In accordance with Companies Acts 1963 to 2009, a company that publishes its Group and Company financial statements together, can take advantage of the exemption in Section 148(8) of the Companies Act 1963 from presenting to its members a Company income statement and related notes that form part of the approved Company financial statements.

 The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the amendment to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements–A Revised Presentation.  This amendment sets overall requirements for the presentation of financial statements, guidelines for their structure and minimum requirements for their content. The revised standard aims to improve users’ ability to analyse and compare information given in financial statements.

Basis of preparation

These Group and Company financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand ($ ‘000), except where otherwise indicated, this being the reporting currency of the Group. They are prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the measurement at fair value on date of grant of share options and the UK defined benefit pension plan.  Accounting policies are applied consistently with the prior year.

Key accounting policies which involve significant estimates and judgments

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period.

Estimates and judgments are based on historical experience and on other factors that are reasonable under current circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates if these assumptions prove to be incorrect or if conditions develop other than as assumed for the purposes of such estimates. The following are the critical areas requiring estimates and judgments by management.

Revenue Recognition

Significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with the recognition of revenue in each accounting period. Material differences in the amount of revenue in any given period may result if these judgments or estimates prove to be incorrect or if management’s estimates change on the basis of development of the business or market conditions. To date there have been no material differences arising from these judgments and estimates. Revenues are earned by providing a number of different services to clients. These services include clinical trials management, biometric activities, consulting, imaging, contract staffing, informatics and laboratory services. Revenue for services, as rendered, are recognised only after persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

Customers are invoiced upon achievement of specified contractual milestones. This mechanism, which allows the Group to receive payment from customers throughout the duration of the contract, is not reflective of revenue earned. Revenues are recognised over the period from the awarding of the customer’s contract to study completion and acceptance. This requires an estimate of the total expected revenue, time inputs, contract costs, profitability and expected duration of the clinical trial. The Group regularly reviews the estimate of total contract time to ensure such estimates remain appropriate taking into account actual contract stage of completion, remaining time to complete and any identified changes to the contract scope. Remaining time to complete depends on the specific contract tasks and the complexity of the contract and can include geographical site selection and initiation, patient enrolment, patient testing and level of results analysis required. While the group may routinely adjust time estimates, estimates and assumptions historically have been accurate in all material respects in the aggregate.
 
 
41

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)
 
 
Key accounting policies which involve significant estimates and judgments (continued)
 
If the Group does not reasonably estimate the resources required or the scope of the work to be performed, or does not manage its projects properly within the planned cost or satisfy obligations under the contracts, then future results may be significantly and negatively affected.

Goodwill

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if facts or circumstances warrant such a review.  Goodwill is evaluated for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount an impairment is determined.

The recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is determined using a value-in-use computation based upon discounted net present value cash flow projections for the business.  The cash flow projections are for a period of five years forward together with a terminal value calculated in accordance with the Gordon’s terminal value model. Management’s estimates of future cash flows are based upon anticipated growth rates within the CRO industry, expected growth in the Group’s market share and past experience.  The key assumptions applied in determining expected future cash flows include management’s estimate of future profitability, replacement capital expenditure requirements, trade working capital investment needs and tax considerations.  The Group’s cash flow model is adjusted each year for actual and expected changes in performance.

Use of different estimates or judgments, particularly with respect to expected profitability could result in a material impairment charge.  The Group believes reasonable estimates and judgments have been used in assessing the recoverable amounts of its cash-generating units.

Taxation

Given the global nature of the business and the multiple taxing jurisdictions in which the Group operates, the determination of the Group’s provision for income taxes requires significant judgments and estimates, the ultimate tax outcome of which may not be certain.  Although estimates are believed to be reasonable, the final outcome of these matters may be different than those reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals.  Such differences could have a material effect on the income tax provision and results in the period during which such determination is made.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using enacted tax rates for the effects of net operating losses and temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities.  In assessing the realisability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realised. The ultimate realisation of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. While management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, and projected future taxable income in making this assessment, there can be no assurance that these deferred tax assets may be realisable.

In addition, the Group may also be subject to audits in the multiple taxing jurisdictions in which it operates.  These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time for resolution.  Management believe that adequate provisions for income taxes have been made in the financial statements.
 
 
42

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)

 
Key accounting policies which involve significant estimates and judgments (continued)

Contingent Consideration relating to Business Combinations

The Group has concluded a number of business combinations in recent years.  The fair value of a business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued in exchange for control. The fair value of a business combination may include a portion which is contingent upon the achievement of certain future events, such as the achievement of a particular revenue or earnings target.  Where a business combination agreement provides for such additional consideration, the amount of the estimated adjustment is recognised on the acquisition date at fair value.  Any changes to the estimate in subsequent periods will depend on the classification of the contingent consideration.  If the contingent consideration is classified as equity it shall not be re-measured and the settlement shall be accounted for within equity.  If the contingent consideration is classified as an asset or liability any adjustments will be accounted for through the Consolidated incomes statement or Consolidated statement of comprehensive income depending on whether the asset or liability is considered a financial instrument.

Significant management judgments and estimates are required in estimating the acquisition date fair value of the additional consideration.  Changes in business conditions or the performance of the acquired business could lead to a significant change between our estimate of the acquisition date fair value and amounts payable, which could have a serious impact on our results of operations.
 
Adoption of new IFRS’s and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) Interpretations

IFRS and IFRIC Interpretations adopted during the financial year
 
The Group has adopted the following new and revised IFRS and IFRIC interpretations in respect of the 2011 financial year-end:
 
 
·
IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures (amendment) effective 1 January 2011
 
 
·
IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation – Classification of Rights Issues (amendment) effective 1 February 2010
 
 
·
IFRIC 14 Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement (amendment) effective 1 January
 
 
·
IFRIC 19 Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments effective 1 July 2010
 
 
·
Improvements to IFRSs (May 2010) – amendments applying in respect of the 2011 financial year-end
 
The application of the standards and interpretations noted above did not result in material changes in the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
IFRS and IFRIC Interpretations effective in respect of the 2012 and future financial year-ends.
 
The Group has not applied the following standards and interpretations that have been issued but are not yet effective:
 
 
·
IAS 12 Income Taxes (amendment) effective 1 January 2012
 
 
·
IAS 19  Employee benefits (amendment) effective 1 January 2013
 
 
·
IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements effective 1 January 2013
 
 
·
IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements effective 1 January 2013
 
 
·
IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities effective 1 January 2013
 
 
43

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)
 
 
 
·
IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement effective 1 January 2013
 
 
·
IFRIC Interpretation 20 Stripping Costs in the Production Phase effective 1 January 2013
 
The application of the standards and interpretations noted above is not expected to result in material changes in the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Accounting policies

The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in dealing with items which are considered material in relation to the Group’s financial statements.

Basis of consolidation

The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of ICON plc and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain economic benefits from its activities. Financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the Company and where necessary, adjustments are made to the results of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with those used by the Group.   The Group will continue to prepare the individual statutory financial statements of subsidiary companies under GAAP applicable in their country of incorporation but adjustments have been made to the results and financial position of such companies to bring their accounting policies into line with those of the Group.

All inter-company balances and transactions, including unrealised profits arising from inter-group transactions, have been eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same manner as unrealised gains except to the extent that there is evidence of impairment.

Foreign currency translation

The presentation currency of the Group and Company is US dollars ($).  The functional currency of the Company is Euros.  The Company financial statements have been presented in US dollars due to the Company’s international operations and profile.  Results and cash flows of non-dollar denominated undertakings are translated into dollars at the actual exchange rates at the transaction dates or average exchange rates for the year where this is a reasonable approximation. The related Statements of financial position are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition of a foreign operation are regarded as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation, are expressed in the functional currency of the foreign operation and are recorded at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction, and subsequently retranslated at the applicable closing rates.  Adjustments arising on translation of the results of non-dollar undertakings at average rates, and on the restatement of the opening net assets at closing rates, are dealt with in a separate translation reserve within equity.

Transactions in currencies different to the functional currencies of operations are recorded at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction.  Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated into the functional currency at the rate of exchange at the reporting date.  All translation differences, with the exception of translation differences on long term intercompany balances where repayment is not forseen, are taken to the income statement. Transaction differences on long term intercompany balances where repayment is not foreseen are treated as other comprehensive income in the Statement of Comprehensive income.
 
 
44

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)
 
 
Foreign currency translation (continued)

The principal exchange rates used for the translation of results, cash flows and Statements of financial position into US dollars were as follows:

 
Average
Year end
 
Year to
31 December
2011
Year to
31 December
2010
 
31 December
2011
 
31 December
2010
Euro 1:$
1.3991
1.3204
1.2961
1.3377
         
Pound Sterling 1:$
1.6050
1.5420
1.5413
1.5599
 
On disposal of a foreign operation, accumulated currency translation differences, together with any exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings that provide a hedge of the net investment are recognised in the income statement as part of the overall gain or loss on disposal; the cumulative currency translation differences arising prior to the transition date have been set to zero for the purposes of ascertaining the gain or loss on disposal of a foreign operation subsequent to 1 June 2004.

Property, plant and equipment

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provisions for impairment losses.

Depreciation is calculated to write off the original cost of property, plant and equipment less its estimated residual value over its expected useful life on a straight line basis. Residual values and useful lives of property, plant and equipment are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each reporting date. At present it is estimated that all items of property, plant and equipment have no residual value. The estimated useful lives applied in determining the charge to depreciation are as follows:
 
 
Years
Buildings
40
Computer equipment
4
Office furniture and fixtures
8
Laboratory equipment
5
Motor vehicles
5
 
Leasehold improvements are amortised using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term, whichever is shorter. Assets acquired under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their useful economic life and the lease term.

On disposal of property, plant and equipment the cost and related accumulated depreciation and impairments are removed from the financial statements and the net amount, less any proceeds, is taken to the income statement.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s property, plant and equipment are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. Where such an indication exists an impairment review is carried out. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash generation unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement unless the asset is recorded at a revalued amount in which case it is firstly dealt with through the revaluation reserve with any residual amount being transferred to the income statement.
 
 
45

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)

 
Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Subsequent costs are included in an asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the replaced item can be measured reliably. All other repair and maintenance costs are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Leased assets – as lessee

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the leased asset, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or if lower the present value of the minimum lease payments.  The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the statement of financial position as a finance lease obligation.  Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.  Finance charges are charged to the income statement as part of finance costs.

Capitalised leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term.

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the assets are classified as operating leases.  Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term. Lease incentives are recognised over the term of the lease as an integral part of the total lease expense.

Investments in subsidiaries - company

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less provision for impairment in the Company’s statement of financial position. Loans to subsidiary undertakings are initially recorded at fair value in the Company statement of financial position and subsequently at amortised cost using an effective interest rate methodology. 

Business combinations

The fair value of a business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued in exchange for control plus the fair value of any investment previously held in the entity. Where a business combination agreement provides for an adjustment to the cost of the acquisition which is contingent upon future events, the amount of the estimated adjustment is recognised on the acquisition date at the acquisition date fair value of this contingent consideration. Any changes to this estimate in subsequent periods will depend on the classification of the contingent consideration. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity it shall not be re-measured and the settlement shall be accounted for within equity. If the contingent consideration is classified as an asset or liability any adjustments will be accounted for through the Consolidated Income Statement.

The assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of businesses acquired are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. In the case of a business combination which is completed in stages, the fair values of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are re-determined at the date of each transaction. When the initial accounting for a business combination is determined provisionally, any subsequent adjustments to the provisional values allocated to the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are made within twelve months of the acquisition date and presented as adjustments to the original acquisition accounting.

 
46

 

Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)


Goodwill

The group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as the fair value of the consideration transferred plus the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, plus if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the pre-existing equity interest in the acquiree, less the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill on the acquisition of subsidiaries is included in ‘intangible assets – goodwill and other’.

At the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the combination's synergies. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of and the proportion of the cash-generating unit retained.

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill relating to acquisitions post 1 June 2001 and the deemed cost of goodwill carried in the statement of financial position at 1 June 2001 is not amortised. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Impairment of non financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets, other than deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.  If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.  An estimate of the recoverable amount of goodwill is carried out at each reporting date.

An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.  Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to cash generating units and then, to reduce the carrying amount of other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis.

The recoverable value of assets, other than receivables carried at amortised cost and short term receivables, is the greater of their net selling price and value in use. Value in use is assessed by discounting estimated future cash flows of the asset to their present value or discounting the estimated future cash flows of the cash generating unit where the asset does not generate independent cash flows. Estimated cash flows are discounted using a pre tax discount rate reflecting current market estimates of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

The recoverable amount of receivables carried at amortised cost is calculated by discounting the present value of estimated future cash flows of the asset to their present value, discounted at the original effective interest rate.  Receivables with a short duration of less than six months are not discounted.

Impairment losses in respect of receivables carried at amortised cost are reversed if subsequent increases in the recoverable amount of the asset can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised.

Impairment losses in respect of other assets, other than goodwill, are reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine recoverable amount.  Impairment losses are reversed only to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed the carrying value that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.  Impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed.

 
47

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Intangible assets

Other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Useful lives of intangibles are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each reporting date. Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, currently estimated as follows:

 
Years
Computer software
4-8
Customer relationships
3-11
Volunteer list
6
Order backlog
3
Technology Asset
7.5
Tradename
4.5

Inventories

Inventories, which comprise laboratory inventories, are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the first-in, first-out principle and includes all expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing them to their present location and condition. Cost in the case of raw materials comprises the purchase price and attributable costs, less trade discounts. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less selling expenses.

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are initially measured at fair value and are thereafter measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method less any provision for impairment.  A provision for impairment of trade receivables is recognised when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables.  Impairment losses, and any subsequent recovery of such losses, are recognised in the income statement within ‘other operating expenses’.

Current asset investments – available for sale

Financial instruments held are classified as current assets and are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognised as other comprehensive income in the statement of comprehensive income. The fair value of financial instruments classified as available-for-sale is their market price at the reporting date.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with initial maturities of three months or less and are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Trade payables

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 
48

 

Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)


Government grants

Government grants received that compensate the Group for the cost of an asset are recognised in the statement of financial position initially as deferred income when there is reasonable assurance that it will be received and that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to it. Such grants are recognised in the income statement over the useful economic life of the asset which is consistent with the depreciation policy of the relevant asset.

Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognised in the income statement in the same periods in which the expenditure to which they relate to is charged.

Under grant agreements amounts received may become repayable in full or in part should certain circumstances specified within the grant agreements occur, including downsizing by the Group, disposing of the related assets, ceasing to carry on its business or the appointment of a receiver over any of its assets. The Group has not recognised any such loss contingency having assessed as remote the likelihood of these events arising.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Interest bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, current and non-current interest bearing loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost with any difference between cost and redemption value being recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Provisions

A provision is recognised in the statement of financial position when the Group has a present or legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.  If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.  Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring has either commenced or has been announced publicly.  Future operating costs are not provided for.

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract.

Provisions may also include an element of contingent acquisition consideration.

Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where ordinary shares are repurchased by the Company they are cancelled and the nominal value of the shares is transferred to a capital redemption reserve fund within equity.

 
49

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)

 
Employee benefits

(a) Pension and other post-employment benefits
Certain companies within the Group operate defined contribution pension plans.  A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.  Contributions to defined contribution pension plans are expensed as incurred.

The Company operates a defined benefit pension plan for certain of its United Kingdom employees through a subsidiary.  A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined contribution plan. Typically defined benefit plans define the amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. Obligations for contributions to defined benefit contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement as service is received from the relevant employees.

The Group’s net obligation in respect of the defined benefit pension plan is calculated separately by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of plan assets deducted.  The discount rate used is the yield at the reporting date on iboxx UK Corporate AA credit rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating to the terms of the Group’s obligations. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. Returns on the scheme assets are recorded in the finance income line in the Group Income Statement while interest on the scheme liabilities are recorded in the financing expense line. When benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the  increased benefit relating to the past service by employees is recognised as an expense in the Income Statement on a straight line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested.  To the extent that the benefits vest immediately, the expense is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

All actuarial gains and losses as at 1 June 2004, the date of transition to IFRSs, were recognised and adjusted against retained earnings.  Actuarial gains and losses arising after this date are recognised as other comprehensive income immediately in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

(b) Share-based payments
Share-based payments comprise options to acquire ordinary shares in the Company and restricted share units (RSU’S) in the form of ordinary share entitlements after a certain period of time. These are awarded to the Directors and other employees of the Group based on service and non-market performance conditions such as term of employment and individual performance. The fair value of options and RSU’s granted is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity.  The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the Directors and other employees become unconditionally entitled to the options or RSU.  The fair value of options granted is measured using a binomial lattice model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The fair value of RSU’s is equal to the market price at date of grant. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options or RSU’s granted, excluding the impact of any non-market service and performance vesting conditions (for example profitability, sales growth targets). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options or RSU’s that are expected to vest. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options or RSU’s that vest.

 
50

 

Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)


Revenue recognition

The Group primarily earns revenues by providing clinical research services to its customers. Clinical research services include clinical trials management, biometric activities, consulting, imaging, contract staffing, informatics and laboratory services.  Contracts range in duration from a number of months to several years. Revenue is recognised according to the type of service provided as follows:

Clinical trials management revenue is recognised on a proportional performance method. Depending on the contractual terms, revenue is either recognised on the percentage of completion method, based on the relationship between hours incurred and the total estimated hours of the trial, or on the unit of delivery method. Biometrics revenue is recognised on a fee-for-service method on the basis of the number of units completed in a period as a percentage of the total number of contracted units.  Imaging revenue is recognised on a fee-for- service basis. Consulting revenue is recognised on a fee-for-service basis as the related service is performed.Contract staffing revenue is recognised on a fee-for-service basis, over the time the related service is performed, or in the case of permanent placement, once the candidate has been placed with the client.
 
Informatics revenue is recognised on a fee-for-service basis. Informatics contracts are treated as multiple element arrangements, with contractual elements comprising licence fee revenue, support fee revenue and revenue from software services, each of which can be sold separately. Sales prices for contractual elements are determined by reference to objective and reliable evidence of their sales price. Licence and support fee revenues are recognised rateably over the period of the related agreement. Revenue from software services is recognised using the percentage of completion method based on the relationship between hours incurred and the total estimated hours required to perform the service.
 
Laboratory service revenue is recognised on a fee-for-service basis The Group accounts for laboratory service contracts as multiple element arrangements, with contractual elements comprising laboratory kits and laboratory testing, each of which can be sold separately. Fair values for contractual elements are determined by reference to objective and reliable evidence of their fair values. Non-refundable set-up fees are allocated as additional consideration to the contractual elements based on the proportionate fair values of each of these elements. Revenues for contractual elements are recognised on the basis of the number of deliverable units completed in the period.
 
Contracts generally contain provisions for renegotiation in the event of changes in the scope, nature, duration, volume of services or conditions of the contract. Renegotiated amounts are recognised as revenue by revision to the total contract value arising as a result of an authorised customer change order. Provisions for losses to be incurred on contracts are recognised in full in the period in which it is determined that a loss will result from performance of the contractual arrangement.

The difference between the amount of revenue recognised and the amount billed on a particular contract is included in the statement of financial position as unbilled revenue.  Normally, amounts become billable upon the achievement of certain milestones, in accordance with pre-agreed payment schedules included in the contract or on submission of appropriate billing detail. Such cash payments are not representative of revenue earned on the contract as revenues are recognised over the period in which the specified contractual obligations are fulfilled.  Amounts included in unbilled revenue are expected to be collected within one year and are included within current assets. Advance billings to customers, for which revenue has not been recognised, are recognised as payments on account within current liabilities.

In the event of contract termination, if the value of work performed and recognised as revenue is greater than aggregate milestone billings at the date of termination, cancellation clauses provide that the Group is paid for all work performed to the termination date.

 
51

 

Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)
 

Reimbursable expenses

Reimbursable expenses comprise investigator payments and certain other costs which are reimbursed by clients under terms specific to each contract and are deducted from gross revenue in arriving at net revenue. Investigator payments are accrued based on patient enrolment over the life of the contract.  Investigator payments are made based on predetermined contractual arrangements, which may differ from the accrual of the expense.

Direct costs

Direct costs consist of compensation, associated employee benefits and share-based payments for project-related employees and other direct project-related costs

Other operating Expenses

Other Operating expenses consist of compensation, associated employee benefits and share-based payments for non-project-related employees and other indirect costs associated with the business. Other operating expenses also includes depreciation expense and the amortisation of intangible assets.

Exceptional items

The Company has used the term “exceptional” to describe certain items which, in management’s view, warrant separate disclosure by virtue of their size or incidence, or due to the fact that certain gains or losses are determined to be non-recurring in nature.  Exceptional items may include restructuring, significant impairments, and material changes in estimates.

Research and development credits

Research and development credits that are provided under the income tax law of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates generally are recognised as a reduction of income tax expense.  However, certain tax jurisdictions provide refundable credits that are not dependent on the Group’s ongoing tax status or tax position.  In these circumstances the credits are recognised in the income statement in the same periods in which the expenditure to which they related to is charged as a deduction against the related expense.

Financing expense

Financing expense comprises interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest rate method, finance charges on finance leases, foreign exchange gains and losses on bank loans, interest costs on defined benefit obligations, non-cash finances charge in respect of contingent consideration and gains and losses on hedging instruments that are recognised in the income statement.

Financing expense also includes fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities which are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. These fees are deferred and recognised in the Statement of Financial Position and are then amortised to the Consolidated Income Statement over the term the facility is available to the Group.

Financing income

Interest income is recognised in the income statement as it accrues, using the effective interest rate method and includes interest receivable on funds invested and actuarial gains on pension plan assets.

 
52

 
 
Statement of Accounting Policies (continued)
 
 
Income tax

Income tax expense in the income statement represents the sum of income tax currently payable and deferred income tax.

Tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and further excludes items that are not taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for income tax is calculated using rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity.

Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on all differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes except those arising from non-deductible goodwill or on initial recognition of an asset or liability which affects neither accounting nor taxable profit.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is expected to be realised or the liability to be settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised. The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit would be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised.

Earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the profit for the financial year attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial period.

Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing the profit for the financial year attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue after adjusting for the effects of all potential dilutive ordinary shares that were outstanding during the financial period.

Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components. The Group determines and presents operating segments based on the information that internally is provided to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), who together are considered the Group’s chief operating decision maker. An operating segment’s operating results are reviewed regularly by the CEO and CFO to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.

Segment results that are reported to the CEO and CFO include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill.

 
53

 

Consolidated Income Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
         
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
         
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
Note
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2010
 
            $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
         
Excluding
           
Including
         
         
Exceptional items
   
Exceptional items
   
Exceptional items
         
                                       
Gross revenue
          1,296,509       -       1,296,509       1,263,147  
Reimbursable expenses
          (350,780 )     -       (350,780 )     (363,103 )
Net revenue
    1       945,729       -       945,729       900,044  
                                         
                                         
Direct costs
    7       (612,038 )     (5,838 )     (617,876 )     (541,407 )
Other operating expenses
    7       (294,850 )     (3,979 )     (298,829 )     (266,751 )
Operating profit
            38,841       (9,817 )     29,024       91,886  
                                         
Financing income
    3       2,335       -       2,335       2,741  
Financing expense
    4       (2,573 )     -       (2,573 )     (1,878 )
                                         
Profit before taxation
    2       38,603       (9,817 )     28,786       92,749  
Income tax expense
    5,7       (10,787 )     1,231       (9,556 )     (6,577 )
                                         
Profit for the financial year
            27,816       (8,586 )     19,230       86,172  
                                         
Attributable to:
                                       
                                         
Equity holders of the Company
    24       27,816       (8,586 )     19,230       86,172  
                                         
                                         
Earnings per ordinary share
                                       
                                         
Basic
    6       0.46       (0.14 )     0.32       1.44  
                                         
Diluted
    6       0.45       (0.14 )     0.31       1.41  


On behalf of the Board



Dr. Bruce Given
Ciaran Murray
Director
Director
 
 
54

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
         
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
         
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
Note
   
2011
   
2010
 
            $’000       $’000  
                       
Other Comprehensive Income
                     
                       
Currency translation differences
    24       (11,348 )     (9,701 )
                         
Currency impact on long-term intercompany funding
    24       (802 )     (1,080 )
                         
Tax on currency impact on long-term funding
    24       294       (198 )
                         
Unrealised capital loss on investments
    24       (622 )     -  
                         
Deferred tax movement on unexercised options
    5       -       (2,865 )
                         
Tax benefit excess on exercised options
    24       681       2,345  
                         
Actuarial loss recognised on defined benefit pension scheme
    9       (4,365 )     (1,209 )
                         
Net loss recognised directly within other comprehensive income
            (16,162 )     (12,708 )
                         
Profit for the financial year
            19,230       86,172  
                         
Total comprehensive income for the financial year
            3,068       73,464  
                         
Attributable to:
                       
Equity holders of the Company
            3,068       73,464  
                         
Total comprehensive income for the financial year
            3,068       73,464  
 
 
On behalf of the Board
 
Dr. Bruce Given
Ciaran Murray
Director
Director
 
 
55

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 31 December 2011
 
         
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
Note
   
2011
   
2010
 
ASSETS
          $’000       $’000  
Non-current assets
                     
Property, plant and equipment
    11       129,389       140,100  
Intangible assets – goodwill and other
    12       334,736       228,914  
Other non-current assets
    16       10,601       10,598  
Deferred tax assets
    5       4,610       1,862  
Total non-current assets
            479,336       381,474  
                         
Current assets
                       
Inventories
    14       2,787       3,792  
Accounts receivable
    15       201,338       164,907  
Unbilled revenue
            126,850       101,431  
Other current assets
    16       26,409       23,005  
Current taxes receivable
            18,455       19,446  
Current asset investments
    17       54,940       -  
Cash and cash equivalents
    18       119,237       255,706  
Total current assets
            550,016       568,287  
                         
Total assets
            1,029,352       949,761  
                         
EQUITY
                       
Share capital
    23       5,055       5,063  
Share premium
            160,090       155,537  
Share based payment reserve
    24       39,429       31,478  
Capital redemption reserve
    24       44       -  
Other reserves
    24       7,422       7,422  
Foreign currency translation reserve
    24       (11,507 )     349  
Current asset investment - fair value reserve
    24       (622 )     -  
Retained earnings
    24       491,937       483,896  
Total equity attributable to equity holders
            691,848       683,745  
                         
LIABILITIES
                       
Non-current liabilities
                       
Non-current other liabilities
    19       9,486       6,129  
Non-current provisions
    20       11,903       -  
Deferred tax liabilities
    5       5,155       1,295  
Total non-current liabilities
            26,544       7,424  
                         
Current liabilities
                       
Accounts payable
            5,340       12,314  
Payments on account
            150,792       134,240  
Accrued and other liabilities
    19       104,478       96,172  
Provisions
    20       41,489       3,027  
Current tax payable
            8,861       12,839  
Total current liabilities
            310,960       258,592  
                         
Total liabilities
            337,504       266,016  
                         
Total equity and liabilities
            1,029,352       949,761  
 
 
On behalf of the Board
 
Dr. Bruce Given
Ciaran Murray
Director
Director
 
 
56

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
   
 
Number
   
 
Share
   
 
Share
   
 
Capital
   
 
Share Based
   
 
Other
   
 
Currency
   
Current Asset Investment
   
 
Retained
       
   
of shares
   
Capital
   
Premium
   
Redemption
Reserve
   
Payment Reserve
   
Reserves
   
Reserve
   
Fair value
Reserve
   
Earnings
   
Total
 
          $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000  
                                                             
Balance at 1 January 2011
  60,247,092     5,063     155,537     -     31,478     7,422     349     -     483,896     683,745  
Total comprehensive income for the year:
                                                           
Profit for the year
  -     -     -     -     -     -     -     -     19,230     19,230  
Other Comprehensive Income:
                                                           
Foreign currency translation
  -     -     -     -     -     -     (11,348 )   -     -     (11,348 )
Currency impact on long-term funding
  -     -     -     -     -     -     (802 )   -     -     (802 )
Tax on currency impact of long term funding
  -     -     -     -     -     -     294     -     -     294  
Unrealised capital loss on investments
  -     -     -     -     -     -     -     (622 )   -     (622 )
Tax benefit excess on exercise of options
  -     -     -     -     681     -     -     -     -     681  
Employee benefits
  -     -     -     -     -     -     -     -     (4,365 )   (4,365 )
 
Total other comprehensive income
  -     -     -     -     681     -     (11,856 )   (622 )   (4,365 )   (16,162 )
 
Total comprehensive income for the year
  -     -     -     -     681     -     (11,856 )   (622 )   14,865     3,068  
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                           
Share-based payment
  -     -     -     -     9,564     -     -     -     -     9,564  
Exercise of share options
  430,340     36     4,629     -     -     -     -     -     -     4,665  
Issue of shares arising from issue of restricted share units
  3,768     -     -     -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
Share issue costs
  -     -     (76 )   -     -     -     -     -     -     (76 )
Repurchase of ordinary shares
  (545,597 )   (44 )   -     44     -     -     -     -     (9,005 )   (9,005 )
Share repurchase costs
  -     -     -     -     -     -     -       -     (113 )   (113 )
Transfer of exercised and expired  share–based awards  
  -     -     -     -     (2,294 )   -     -     -     2,294     -  
 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
  (111,489 )   (8 )   4,553     44     7,270     -     -     -     (6,824 )   5,035  
 
Total transactions with owners
  (111,489 )   (8 )   4,553     44     7,270     -     -     -     (6,824 )   5,035  
 
Balance at 31 December 2011
  60,135,603     5,055     160,090     44     39,429     7,422     (11,507 )   (622 )   491,937     691,848  
 
 
57

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2010
 
                     
Share Based
                         
   
Number
of shares
   
Share
Capital
   
Share
Premium
   
Payment Reserve
   
Other
Reserve
   
Currency
Reserve
   
Retained
Earnings
   
 
Total
 
          $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000     $’000  
 
Balance at 1 January 2010
  59,007,565     4,965     142,518     31,017     7,422     11,328     392,531     589,781  
Total comprehensive income for the year:
                                               
Profit for the year
  -     -     -     -     -     -     86,172     86,172  
Other Comprehensive Income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation
  -     -     -     -     -     (9,701 )   -     (9,701 )
Currency impact on long-term funding
  -     -     -     -     -     (1,080 )   -     (1,080 )
Tax on currency impact on long term funding
  -     -     -     -     -     (198 )   -     (198 )
Deferred tax movement on unexercised options
  -     -     -     (2,865 )   -     -     -     (2,865 )
Tax benefit excess on exercise of options
  -     -     -     2,345     -     -     -     2,345  
Employee benefits
  -     -     -     -     -     -     (1,209 )   (1,209 )
 
Total other comprehensive income
  -     -     -     (520 )   -     (10,979 )   (1,209 )   (12,708 )
 
Total comprehensive income for the year
  -     -     -     (520 )   -     (10,979 )   84,963     73,464  
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
                                               
Share-based payment
  -     -     -     7,383     -     -     -     7,383  
Exercise of share options
  1,237,015     98     13,070     -     -     -     -     13,168  
Issue of shares arising from issue of restricted share units
  2,512     -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
Share issue costs
  -     -     (51 )   -     -     -     -     (51 )
Transfer of exercised and expired  share–based awards  
  -     -     -     (6,402 )   -     -     6,402     -  
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
  1,239,527     98     13,019     981     -     -     6,402     20,500  
Total transactions with owners
  1,239,527     98     13,019     981     -     -     6,402     20,500  
 
Balance at 31 December 2010
  60,247,092     5,063     155,537     31,478     7,422     349     483,896     683,745  
Further details of the reserves above are detailed in note 24
 
 
58

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
   
Note
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
         
31 December
   
31 December
 
         
2011
   
2010
 
            $’000       $’000  
Profit for the financial year
          19,230       86,172  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash generated from operating activities
                     
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
          135       136  
Depreciation
  11       23,169       25,869  
Amortisation of intangible assets
  12       15,513       8,004  
Amortisation of grants
          (115 )     (220 )
Share based payment
  10       9,564       7,383  
Financing income
  3       (2,335 )     (2,741 )
Financing expense
  4       2,573       1,878  
Defined benefit pension service costs
  9       212       184  
Income tax expense
  5       9,556       6,577  
Operating cash inflow before changes in working capital
          77,502       133,242  
                       
(Increase)/decrease in accounts receivable
          (32,083 )     18,267  
Increase in unbilled revenue
          (27,164 )     (4,887 )
Increase in other current assets
          (4,017 )     (81 )
Increase in other non current assets
          (233 )     (1,273 )
Decrease/(increase) in inventory
          1,005       (233 )
(Decrease)/increase in accounts payable
          (8,652 )     647  
Increase/(decrease) in payments on account
          9,494       (29,191 )
Increase/(decrease) in accrued and other liabilities and provisions
          27,379       (15,904 )
(Decrease)/increase in non current other liabilities and provisions
          (613 )     999  
Cash provided by operations
          42,618       101,586  
Income taxes paid
          (22,723 )     (14,634 )
Employer contribution defined benefit pension scheme
  9       (273 )     (293 )
Interest received
          958       1,602  
Interest paid
          (388 )     (833 )
Net cash inflow from operating activities
          20,192       87,428  
Investing activities
                     
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
          (14,440 )     (18,990 )
Purchase of intangible assets
          (20,844 )     (11,962 )
Purchase of subsidiary undertakings
          (69,836 )     (3,693 )
Cash acquired with subsidiary undertakings
          8,300       -  
Sale of current asset investments
          438       79,487  
Purchase of current asset investments
          (56,000 )     (30,260 )
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
          (152,382 )     14,582  
Financing activities
                     
Tax benefit from the exercise of share options
          681       2,345  
Proceeds from exercise of share options
          4,665       13,168  
Share issuance costs
          (76 )     (51 )
Repurchase of ordinary shares
          (9,005 )     -  
Share repurchase costs
          (113 )     -  
Repayment of lease liabilities
          -       (166 )
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
          (3,848 )     15,296  
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
          (136,038 )     117,306  
Effect of exchange rate changes
          (431 )     (6,401 )
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year
          255,706       144,801  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
          119,237       255,706  
 
 
59

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
1. Segmental information

The Group is a contract research organisation (“CRO”), providing outsourced development services on a global basis to the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries. It specialises in the strategic development, management and analysis of programmes that support all stages of the clinical development process - from compound selection to Phase I-IV clinical studies. The Group has expanded predominately through internal growth, together with a number of strategic acquisitions to enhance its expertise and capabilities in certain areas of the clinical development process. The Group has the ability to conduct clinical trials in most major therapeutic areas on a global basis and has the operational flexibility to provide development services on a stand-alone basis or as part of an integrated “full service” solution. These services include clinical trials management, biometric activities, consulting, imaging, contract staffing, and informatics. The Group also provides laboratory services through its central laboratory business, which includes the Group’s central laboratories located in Dublin, New York, India, Singapore and China.

The Group determines and presents operating segments in accordance with IFRS8 Operating Segments based on the information that internally is provided to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), who together are considered the Group’s chief operating decision makers. The Group has determined that it has two reportable segments, its Clinical research segment and Central laboratory segment. The Group’s primary listing for its shares is the NASDAQ market in the United States.  Consequently, information reviewed by the chief operating decision makers and presented below is prepared in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”). Reconciliations of the Group’s profit for the financial year and shareholders equity from US GAAP to IFRS are set out on pages 140 to 143 of this report.

The Group’s areas of operation outside of Ireland include, the United States, the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, The Netherlands, Sweden, Finland, Denmark, Belgium, Switzerland, Poland, Czech Republic, Lithuania, Latvia, Russia, Ukraine, Hungary, Israel, Romania, Canada, Mexico, Brazil, Colombia, Argentina, Chile, Peru, India, China South Korea, Japan, Thailand, Taiwan, Singapore, The Philippines, Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa.

Business segment information

   
(US GAAP)
   
(US GAAP)
   
(US GAAP)
   
(US GAAP)
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
US$’000
   
US$’000
   
US$’000
   
US$’000
 
   
Excluding
         
Including
       
   
Exceptional items
   
Exceptional items
   
Exceptional items
       
Revenue
                       
Central laboratory
    71,549       -       71,549       63,813  
Clinical research
    874,180       -       874,180       836,231  
                                 
Total
    945,729       -       945,729       900,044  
                                 
Income from Operations
                               
Central laboratory
    (661 )     (1,545 )     (2,206 )     (12,759 )
Clinical research
    39,921       (8,272 )     31,649       104,854  
                                 
Total
    39,260       (9,817 )     29,443       92,095  
 
 
60

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
1. Segmental information (continued)

Business segment information (continued):

   
(US GAAP)
   
(US GAAP)
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
US$’000
   
US$’000
 
Depreciation and Amortisation
           
Central laboratory
    3,721       4,888  
Clinical research
    34,961       28,985  
                 
      38,682       33,873  
                 
Share based payment
               
                 
Central laboratory
    539       487  
Clinical research
    8,816       6,921  
                 
Total
    9,355       7,408  
                 
Interest Income
               
Central laboratory
    18       20  
Clinical research
    1,176       1,741  
                 
Total
    1,194       1,761  
                 
Interest Expense
               
Central laboratory
    22       -  
Clinical research
    1,620       1,132  
                 
Total
    1,642       1,132  
                 
Provision for income taxes
               
Central laboratory
    (175 )     (2,858 )
Clinical research
    6,290       8,511  
                 
Total
    6,115       5,653  
                 
Total assets
               
Central laboratory
    55,184       60,004  
Clinical research
    980,283       889,534  
                 
Total
    1,035,467       949,538  
 
 
61

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
1. Segmental information (continued)
 
   
(US GAAP)
   
(US GAAP)
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
US$’000
   
US$’000
 
Total liabilities
           
Central laboratory
    13,330       14,677  
Clinical research
    340,593       264,865  
                 
Total
    353,923       279,539  
                 
Capital expenditure
               
Central laboratory
    1,449       3,991  
Clinical research
    34,556       27,602  
                 
Total
    36,005       31,593  


Geographical segment information

   
(EU IFRS)
   
(EU IFRS)
 
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
US$’000
   
US$’000
 
External revenue
           
Ireland
    88,869       128,790  
Rest of Europe
    348,492       292,567  
United States
    393,957       381,196  
Rest of World
    114,411       97,491  
                 
Total
    945,729       900,044  
                 
Non-current assets
               
Ireland
    174,443       109,919  
Europe
    130,545       91,226  
United States
    160,910       165,464  
Rest of World
    13,438       14,865  
                 
Total
    479,336       381,474  
 
 
62

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
1. Segmental information (continued)
 
Major customers

The following table sets forth the clients which represented 10% or more of the Group's net revenue in each of the periods set out below.

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Client A
    13 %     *  

2. Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation is stated after charging the following:
 
   
Year ended 31 December 2011
   
Year ended 31 December 2010
 
   
Group
auditor
   
Affiliated
firms
   
Total
   
Group
auditor
   
Affiliated
firms
   
Total
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Auditors’ remuneration:
                                               
Audit fees (1) (2)
    1,113       385       1,498       1,075       370       1,445  
Other assurance fees (3)
    22       109       131       11       108       119  
Tax advisory fees (4)
    457       205       662       893       165       1,058  
Other non-audit fees (5)
    160       -       160       80       -       80  
                                                 
Total fees
    1,752       699       2,451       2,059       643       2,702  

(1)  Audit fees include annual audit fees for ICON plc and companies based in Ireland and the US.
(2)  Audit fees for the Company for the year is set at $30,000 (2010: $30,000)
(3)  Other assurance fees principally consist of fees for the audit of remaining subsidiaries and fees for the audit of the financial statements of employee benefit plans.
(4)  Tax advisory fees are for tax compliance and tax advisory services.
(5) Other non-audit fee principally consist of fees for financial due diligence.

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Directors’ emoluments
               
Fees
    760       704  
Other emoluments and benefits in kind
    1,357       956  
Pension contributions
    103       70  
Share based payment
    1,219       945  
                 
Total Directors’ emoluments
    3,439       2,675  
                 
For additional information regarding Directors’ shareholdings, share options and compensation, please refer to the Compensation and Organisation Committee Report and note 8 – Payroll and related benefits.
 
 
63

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
2. Profit before taxation (continued)

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Depreciation and amortisation
               
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
    23,169       25,869  
Amortisation of intangible assets
    15,513       8,004  
                 
Total depreciation and amortisation
    38,682       33,873  
                 
Operating lease rentals
               
Premises
    41,784       37,421  
Motor vehicles
    8,427       6,553  
Plant and equipment
    2,028       2,046  
                 
Total operating lease rentals
    52,239       46,020  

3. Financing income

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Interest receivable
    1,194       1,761  
Defined benefit pension – expected return on plan assets
    1,141       980  
                 
      2,335       2,741  

All of the above relates to items not at fair value through profit and loss. 

4. Financing expense

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Interest on bank overdraft and credit facilities
    877       1,107  
Finance cost on acquisition contingent consideration
    763       -  
Finance lease interest
    2       25  
Defined benefit pension-interest cost
    931       746  
                 
      2,573       1,878  
All of the above relates to items not at fair value through profit and loss
 
 
64

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
5. Income tax expense

The components of the current and deferred tax expense for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Current tax expense
               
Current year
    11,997       3,754  
Under/(over) provided in prior years
    239       (435 )
      12,236       3,319  
Deferred tax charge/(credit)
               
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
    (2,359 )     3,107  
(Over)/under provided in prior years
    (321 )     151  
      (2,680 )     3,258  
                 
Total income tax expense in the Consolidated income statement
    9,556       6,577  
                 
Current tax recognised in equity
               
Share based payment
    (681 )     (2,345 )
Tax on currency impact on long term funding
    (294 )     198  
                 
Total current tax recognised in equity
    (975 )     (2,147 )

The total tax expense of $9.6 million and $6.6 million for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 respectively, reflects tax at standard rates on taxable profits in the jurisdictions in which the group operates, foreign withholding tax and the availability of tax losses.

The deferred tax credit of $2.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 and the deferred tax charge of $3.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2010, relates to deferred tax arising in respect of net operating losses and temporary differences in capital items, the timing of certain goodwill amortisation on US acquisitions and the timing of tax deductions available relating to the Group’s share option schemes. No deferred tax asset has been recognised on the defined benefit pension scheme.
 
 
65

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
5. Income tax expense (continued)

A reconciliation of the expected tax expense, computed by applying the standard Irish tax rate to income before tax to the actual tax expense, is as follows:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Profit before tax
    28,786       92,749  
Irish standard tax rate
    12.5 %     12.5 %
                 
Taxes at Irish standard tax rate
    3,598       11,593  
 
Reversal of prior year over provision in respect of
               
current foreign taxes
    (83 )     (285 )
Foreign and other income taxed at higher rates
    11,727       5,845  
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax benefits for uncertain tax positions
    (2,913 )     (9,689 )
Non taxable income and non tax deductible expenses  
    (588 )     97  
Losses for which no benefit has been recognised
    4,362       822  
Research and development tax incentives
    (6,341 )     (1,927 )
Other
    (206 )     121  
                 
Tax expense on profit for the year
    9,556       6,577  
 
 
66

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
5. Income tax expense (continued)

The net deferred tax asset at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 was as follows:

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Deferred taxation assets
               
Net operating losses carried forward
    5,791       3,878  
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    11,652       6,588  
Property, plant and equipment
    1,069       433  
Deferred compensation
    1,197       1,349  
Share based payment
    1,113       3,258  
Other
    207       91  
Total deferred taxation assets
    21,029       15,597  
Less: offset against deferred tax liabilities
    (16,419 )     (13,735 )
                 
Deferred tax asset disclosed on Statement of financial position
    4,610       1,862  
                 
Deferred taxation liabilities
               
Property, plant and equipment
    7,331       6,478  
Goodwill and related assets
    9,443       7,348  
Other intangible assets
    3,525       223  
Other
    90       149  
Accruals to cash method adjustment
    1,185       832  
Total deferred taxation liabilities
    21,574       15,030  
Less: offset against deferred tax assets
    (16,419 )     (13,735 )
                 
Deferred tax liability disclosed on Statement of financial position
    5,155       1,295  
                 
Net deferred taxation (liability)/asset
    (545 )     567  
 
 
67

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
5. Income tax expense (continued)

The movement in temporary differences during the year ended 31 December 2011 was as follows:

   
Balance
                     
Balance
 
   
1 January
   
Acquired
   
Recognised in
   
Recognised in
   
31 December
 
   
2011
         
Income
   
Other Comprehensive Income
   
2011
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Deferred taxation assets
                                       
Net operating loss carry forwards
    3,878       439       1,498       (24 )*     5,791  
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    6,588       -       5,084       (20 )*     11,652  
Property, plant and equipment
    433       206       430       -       1,069  
Deferred compensation
    1,349       -       (152 )     -       1,197  
Share based payment
    3,258       -       (2,145 )     -       1,113  
Other
    91       -       116       -       207  
 
Total deferred taxation assets
    15,597       645       4,831       (44 )     21,029  
                                         
Deferred taxation liabilities
                                       
Property, plant and equipment
    6,478       -       813       40 *     7,331  
Goodwill on acquisition
    7,348       -       2,095       -       9,443  
Accruals to cash method adjustment
    832       -       353       -       1,185  
Other intangible assets
    223       4,370       (1,051 )     (17 )*     3,525  
Other
    149       -       (59 )     -       90  
 
Total deferred taxation liabilities
    15,030       4,370       2,151       23       21,574  
                                         
Net deferred taxation asset/(liability)
    567       (3,725 )     2,680       (67 )     (545 )
* These adjustments relate to foreign currency translation on the deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
 
68

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
5. Income tax expense (continued)

The movement in temporary differences during the year ended 31 December 2010 was as follows:

   
Balance
                     
Balance
 
   
1 January
   
Acquired
   
Recognised in
   
Recognised in
   
31 December
 
   
2010
         
Income
   
Other Comprehensive Income
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Deferred taxation assets:
                                       
Net operating loss carry forwards
    2,133       -       1,710       35 *     3,878  
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    9,296       -       (2,774 )     66 *     6,588  
Property, plant and equipment
    353       -       80       -       433  
Deferred compensation
    947       -       402       -       1,349  
Share based payment
    7,073       -       (950 )     (2,865 )     3,258  
Other
    238       -       (147 )     -       91  
 
Total deferred taxation assets
    20,040       -       (1,679 )     (2,764 )     15,597  
                                         
Deferred taxation liabilities:
                                       
Property, plant and equipment
    5,873       -       605       -       6,478  
Goodwill on acquisition
    5,492       -       1,856       -       7,348  
Accruals to cash method adjustment
    12       -       808       12       832  
Other intangible assets
    1,312       -       (1,089 )     -       223  
Other
    750       -       (601 )     -       149  
 
Total deferred taxation liabilities
    13,439       -       1,579       12       15,030  
                                         
Net deferred taxation asset
    6,601       -       (3,258 )     (2,776 )     567  
*These adjustments relate to foreign currency translation on the deferred tax assets.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

At 31 December 2011, non-US subsidiaries had operating loss carry-forwards for income tax purposes that may be carried forward indefinitely, available to offset against future taxable income, if any, of approximately $83.1 million (31 December 2010: $43.3 million). At 31 December 2011 non – US subsidiaries also had additional operating loss carry forwards of $5.6 million which are due to expire between 2012 and 2014.

At 31 December 2011, ICON Laboratory Inc., a U.S. subsidiary, had U.S. Federal and State net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $4.9 million and $13.1 million, respectively (31 December 2010: approximately $10.2 million and $11.4 million) respectively. These net operating losses are available for offset against future taxable income and expire between 2012 and 2031.  Of the $4.9 million U.S. Federal and $13.1 million State net operating losses, approximately $3.9 million and $12.1 million are currently available for offset against future U.S. Federal and State taxable income respectively. The subsidiary’s ability to use the remaining U.S. Federal and State net operating loss carry forwards of $1.0 million and $1.0 million respectively is limited to $113,000 per year due to the subsidiary experiencing a change of ownership in 2000, as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

Certain of the deferred tax assets relating to net operating losses have not been recognised to the extent that it is considered unlikely that a benefit will be received in the future.
 
 
69

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
5. Income tax expense (continued)

At 31 December 2011, ICON Clinical Research Inc and its US subsidiaries had combined US state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $1.2 million. These net operating loss carry forwards are available for offset against future, or in some cases prior taxable income in the relevant state and generally expire between 2020 and 2031.

In total, the Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets at 31 December 2011 of $16.5 million (31 December 2010 : $12.3 million). The Group has not recognised these deferred tax assets because it believes that it is more likely than not that the losses and other deferred tax assets will not be utilised given their history of operating losses.

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

At 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 respectively, there were no recognised or unrecognised deferred tax liabilities for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Group's subsidiaries. The Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences of its subsidiaries and it is probable that these temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

6. Earnings per share

The following table sets forth the computation for basic and diluted net earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2011:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
   
Excluding
           
Including
         
   
Exceptional items
   
Exceptional items
   
Exceptional items
         
Numerator computations
                               
Basic and diluted earnings per share
                               
Profit for the year
    27,816       (8,586 )     19,230       86,172  
                                 
Profit attributable to equity holders
    27,816       (8,586 )     19,230       86,172  
                                 
Denominator computations
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding – basic
    60,379,338       60,379,338       60,379,338       59,718,934  
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares
    757,377       757,377       757,377       1,195,381  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding - diluted
    61,136,715       61,136,715       61,136,715       60,914,315  
The Company had 3,874,981 anti-dilutive shares options in issue at 31 December 2011 (31 December 2010: 2,568,216).
 
 
70

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
6. Earnings per share (continued)
 
   
Year ended
31 December
   
Year ended
31 December
   
Year ended
31 December
   
Year ended
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
Excluding
         
Including
       
   
Exceptional items
   
Exceptional items
   
Exceptional items
       
Earnings per Share
    $       $       $       $  
                                 
Basic earnings per ordinary share
    0.46       (0.14 )     0.32       1.44  
                                 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
    0.45       (0.14 )     0.31       1.41  
                                 
7. Exceptional items

Exceptional items incurred during the year ended 31 December 2011 comprised the following:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Restructuring charge
    9,817       -  
Income tax on restructuring charge
    (1,231 )     -  
                 
Restructuring charge net of tax
    8,586       -  

Restructuring Charges
 
During the three months ended 31 March 2011 the Group commenced a review of its operations to improve resource utilisation within the business and better align resources to current and future growth opportunities of the business.  This review resulted in the adoption of an initial restructuring plan, which resulted in the closure of the Group’s facility in Edinburgh, United Kingdom and resource rationalisations in certain of the more mature markets in which it operates.  A restructuring charge of $5.0 million was recognised in respect of this plan during the three months ended 31 March 2011, $1.0 million in respect of lease termination and exit costs associated with the closure of the Edinburgh facility and $4.0 million in respect of workforce reductions. $3.5 million of costs recognised under this plan related to the Clinical research segment, while $1.5 million related to the Central laboratory business.

During the three months ended 30 September 2011, the Group implemented a further restructuring plan which resulted in the relocation of the Group’s facility in Maryland, USA; and further resource rationalisations.  A restructuring charge of $4.8 million was recognised in respect of this plan during the three months ended 30 September 2011, $0.9 million in respect of lease termination and exit costs associated with the closure of the existing Maryland facility and $3.9 million in respect of workforce reductions.  All costs recognised under this plan related to the Clinical research segment.
 
 
71

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
7. Exceptional items (continued)

Details of the movement in these restructuring plans recognised during the year ended 31 December 2011 is as follows:
 
   
Workforce
   
Office
       
   
Reductions
   
Consolidations
   
Total
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
                         
Initial provision recognised
    7,836       1,981       9,817  
Cash payments
    (5,438 )     (251 )     (5,689 )
Property, plant and equipment write-off
    -       (55 )     (55 )
Foreign exchange movement
    (164 )     (35 )     (199 )
                         
Closing provision
    2,234       1,640       3,874  
 
It is expected that cash outflows related to these restructuring plans will occur primarily within twelve months. Given the short term nature of the provision and the relatively fixed nature of the costs involved there are no material uncertainties surrounding the timing and extent of the outflow of economic benefits associated with the above provisions.
 
8. Payroll and related benefits

Payroll costs

The aggregate payroll costs of employees of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2011 were as follows:

   
Note
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
         
31 December
   
31 December
 
         
2011
   
2010
 
            $’000       $’000  
                       
Wages and salaries
          549,119       494,671  
Social welfare costs
          79,151       63,488  
Pension costs for defined contribution pension schemes
          23,708       20,808  
Pension costs for defined benefit pension schemes
    9       2       (50 )
Termination payments
            8,722       -  
Share based payment*
    10       9,564       7,383  
Total charge to income
            670,266       586,300  
Actuarial losses recognised on  defined benefit pension scheme
    9       4,365       1,209  
                         
Total payroll and related benefit costs
            674,631       587,509  
* IFRS 2 Share based Payments requires that the fair value of share options and restricted share units  is calculated and amortised over the vesting period of the related share option or restricted share unit.
 
 
72

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
8. Payroll and related benefits (continued)

Average employee numbers

The average number of employees, including executive Directors, employed by the Group during the year ended 31 December 2011 was as follows:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Marketing
    247       218  
Administration
    1,128       1,102  
Clinical research processing
    6,311       5,836  
Laboratory
    406       424  
                 
Total
    8,092       7,580  

Directors’ remuneration

Information in relation to Directors’ shareholdings, share options and restricted share units is included in the Compensation and Organisation Committee Report on pages 18 to 27.
 
 
73

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
8. Payroll and related benefits (continued)

Summary compensation table - Year ended 31 December 2011

 
 
Name
 
 
Year
 
 
Salary
Company
pension
contribution*
Performance related compensation
 
All other compensation
 
 
Subtotal
 
 
Subtotal
 
Share-based
payments
 
Directors’ Fees
 
Total
compensation
                     
                     
   
€’000
€’000
€’000
€’000
€’000
$’000
 $’000
$’000
$’000
Bruce Given
2011
-
-
-
-
-
-
31
317
348
Peter Gray
2011
533
57
187
37
814
1,139
741
-
1,880
Ciaran Murray**
2011
134
17
75
7
233
321
324
-
645
John Climax
2011
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
48
60
Ronan Lambe
2011
-
-
-
-
-
-
19
53
72
Thomas Lynch
2011
-
-
-
-
-
-
19
71
90
Dermot Kelleher
2011
-
-
-
-
-
-
25
73
98
Anthony Murphy***
2011
-
-
-
-
-
-
16
78
94
Declan McKeon
2011
-
-
-
-
-
-
17
61
78
Cathrin Petty
2011
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
59
74
 
Total
 
2011
 
667
 
 
74
 
262
 
44
 
1,047
 
1,460
 
1,219
 
760
 
3,439


    * The pension contributions above represent contributions paid by the Company to a defined contribution pension scheme.
  ** Appointed as a Director from 1 October 2011 and therefore the above remuneration has been pro rated accordingly.
*** Retired 31 December 2011.
 
 
74

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
8. Payroll and related benefits (continued)

Summary compensation table - Year ended 31 December 2010

 
 
Name
 
 
Year
 
 
Salary
Company
pension
contribution*
Performance related compensation
 
All other compensation
 
 
Subtotal
 
 
Subtotal
 
Share-based
payments
 
 
Directors Fees
 
Total
compensation
                     
     
€’000
€’000
€’000
€’000
$’000
$’000
 $’000
$’000
Bruce Given
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
31
317
348
Peter Gray
2010
525
53
105
37
720
958
761
-
1,719
John Climax**
2010
-
-
-
53
53
68
7
48
123
Ronan Lambe
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
21
52
73
Thomas Lynch
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
23
78
101
Edward Roberts
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
44
17
61
Dermot Kelleher
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
30
65
95
Anthony Murphy
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
14
75
89
Declan McKeon
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
40
52
Cathrin Petty
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
12
14
 
Total
 
2010
 
525
 
53
 
105
 
90
 
773
 
1,026
 
945
 
704
 
2,675

  *The pension contributions above represent contributions paid by the Company to a defined contribution pension scheme.
** Further information is set out in the Directors’ and Key Executive Officers service agreements and letters of engagement section from pages 19 to 21 of this report.
 
 
75

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
9. Retirement benefit obligations

The Group operates a number of defined contribution schemes and a defined benefit pension scheme.  The Group accounts for pensions in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits (“IAS 19”).

(i)     Defined Contribution Schemes

Certain employees of the Group are eligible to participate in a defined contribution plan (the "Plan"). Participants in the Plan may elect to defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings into a pension plan, which is run by an independent party. The Group matches each participant's contributions typically at 6% of the participant's annual compensation. Contributions to this plan are recorded, as a remuneration expense in the Consolidated Income Statement. Contributions for the year ended 31 December 2011 and year ended 31 December 2010 were $16,644,000 and $14,206,000 respectively.

The Group's United States operations maintain a retirement plan (the "U.S. Plan") that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants in the U.S. Plan may elect to defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings, up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. The Group matches 50% of each participant's contributions and each participant can contribute up to 6% of their annual compensation. Contributions to the U.S. Plan are recorded, in the year contributed, as an expense in the Consolidated Income Statement. Contributions for the year ended 31 December 2011 and year ended 31 December 2010 were $7,064,000 and $6,603,000 respectively.

(ii)     Defined Benefit Plans

One of the Group’s subsidiaries, ICON Development Solutions Limited, which was acquired by the Group in 2003, operates a defined benefit pension plan in the United Kingdom for certain of its employees, which is now closed to new members. The plan is managed externally and the related pension costs and liabilities are assessed in accordance with the advice of a professionally qualified actuary.  Plan assets at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 consist of units held in independently administered funds.  The most recent valuation of plan obligations was carried out as at 1 September 2010 using the projected unit credit method and updated on an appropriate basis at 31 December 2011.

Financial assumptions

The following assumptions were used in determining the fair value of the plan assets and the present value of the projected benefit obligation at 31 December 2011:

   
31 December
 
31 December
   
2011
 
2010
             
Discount rate
    4.70 %     5.45 %
Expected return on plan assets
    5.80 %     7.10 %
Inflation rate
    3.00 %     3.55 %
Future pension increases
    2.90 %     3.45 %
Future salary increases
    3.50 %     4.05 %

The following assumptions were used at the commencement of the year in determining the net periodic pension cost for the year ended 31 December 2011:

   
31 December
 
31 December
   
2011
 
2010
             
Discount rate
    5.45 %     5.70 %
Expected return on plan assets
    7.10 %     7.40 %
Future salary increases
    4.05 %     4.00 %
 
 
76

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
9. Retirement benefit obligations (continued)

Mortality assumptions
The mortality assumptions adopted at 31 December 2011 imply the following life expectancies:
 
   
31 December
 
31 December
   
2011
 
2010
         
Male currently age 42
 
26.6 years
 
26.5 years
Female currently age 42
 
29.1 years
 
29.0 years
Male currently age 62
 
24.5 years
 
24.4 years
Female currently age 62
 
27.2 years
 
27.0 years

Consolidated Financial Statements

Movement in the net benefit obligation recognised in non-current other liabilities was as follows:

   
31 December
     
31 December
   
2011
     
2010
   
$’000
     
$’000

Projected benefit obligation at start of year
    16,482       13,686  
Current service cost
    212       184  
Interest cost
    931       746  
Plan participants’ contributions
    135       133  
Actuarial loss on benefit obligation
    2,621       2,232  
Benefits paid
    (109 )     (54 )
Foreign exchange rate changes
    (348 )     (445 )
                 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
    19,924       16,482  

Fair value of plan assets at start of year
    15,499       13,573  
Expected return on plan assets
    1,141       980  
Actuarial (loss)/gain on plan assets
    (1,744 )     1,023  
Employer contribution
    273       293  
Plan participants’ contributions
    135       133  
Benefit paid
    (109 )     (54 )
Foreign exchange rate changes
    (174 )     (449 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    15,021       15,499  

Net benefit obligation*
      (4,903 )     (983 )
*Retirement plan net benefit obligation amounting to $1.0 million at 31 December 2010 has been reclassified from current accrued and other liabilities to non-current other liabilities due to the long term nature of these liabilities.
 
 
77

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
9. Retirement benefit obligations (continued)

Defined benefit pension income/(expense) recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income was as follows:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income at start of year
    305       1,514  
Effect of changes in assumptions underlying the present value of benefit obligations
    (2,621 )     (2,232 )
Experience adjustments on plan assets
    (1,744 )     1,023  
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income at end of year
    (4,060 )     305  
Cumulative net actuarial losses recognised from 1 January 2004 (the date of transition to EU IFRS) to 31 December 2011 amounted to $4.9 million (31 December 2010: net losses of $0.5 million)
  
Defined benefit pension income/(expense) recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement was as follows:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Current service cost
    212       184  
Interest cost
    931       746  
Expected (gain)/loss on plan assets *
    (1,141 )     (980 )
                 
Net periodic pension cost/(credit)
    2       (50 )
* The actual return on plan assets during the year ended 31 December 2011 amounted to a loss of $0.6 million (2010: gain of $2.0 million).

Plan Assets Fair Value

The fair value of plan assets at 31 December 2011 is analysed as follows:
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Unit funds
    15,021       15,499  
 
 
78

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
9. Retirement benefit obligations (continued)

The assets of the scheme are invested in a unitised with profits policy.  The plan’s assets do not include any of the Group’s own financial instruments, nor any property occupied by, or other assets used by the Group.  The expected long-term rate of return on assets at 31 December 2011 of 5.8% (2010: 7.1%) was calculated on the assumption of the following returns for each asset class:

   
31 December
 
31 December
   
2011
 
2010
             
Equities
    6.1 %     7.3 %
                 
Bonds
    4.7 %     5.4 %

At 31 December 2011, UK gilts were yielding around 2.8% per annum. This is often referred to as the risk free rate of return as UK gilts have a negligible risk of default and the income payments and capital on redemption are guaranteed by the UK Government. The long-term expected return on equities has been determined by setting appropriate risk premiums above the yield on UK gilts.  A long term equity “risk-premium” of 3.1% per annum has been assumed, this being the expected long-term out-performance of equities over UK gilts.  The long-term expected return on bonds is determined by reference to UK long dated government and corporate bond yields at the reporting date.  This is represented by the iboxx UK corporate AA credit rated bonds with 15 year plus return.

The underlying asset split of the funds at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 was as follows:

   
31 December
 
31 December
   
2011
 
2010
             
Equities
    90 %     90 %
                 
Bonds
    10 %     10 %

Applying the above expected long term rates of return to the asset distribution at 31 December 2011, gives rise to an expected overall rate of return of scheme assets of approximately 5.8% (2010: 7.1%) per annum.

Cash flows

The Group expects to contribute approximately $0.3 million of normal contribution to the defined benefit pension scheme for the year ended 31 December 2011.
 
 
79

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
9. Retirement benefit obligations (continued)
 
Historical Information

The history of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme is as follows:

Other Liabilities/Non-current other liabilities
 
31 December
   
31December
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                         
Present value of benefit obligations
    (19,924 )     (16,482 )     (13,686 )     (10,114 )     (15,216 )
Fair value of plan assets
    15,021       15,499       13,573       10,392       15,470  
                                         
Present value of net (obligations)/assets*
    (4,903 )     (983 )     (113 )     278       254  
*Retirement plan net benefit obligation amounting to $1.0 million at 31 December 2010 has been reclassified from current accrued and other liabilities to non-current other liabilities due to the long term nature of these liabilities.
 
 
 
                                         
Other Comprehensive Income
 
31 December
   
31December
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
      2011       2010       2009       2008       2007  
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Actuarial (loss)/gain on asset
    (1,744 )     1,023       1,460       (2,923 )     654  
Actuarial (loss)/gain on liability
    (2,621 )     (2,232 )     (2,079 )     1,968       4,722  
                                         
Total actuarial (loss)/gain
    (4,365 )     (1,209 )     (619 )     (955 )     5,376  

10. Share based payments

Share based payment plans
 
On 17 January 2003 the Company adopted the Share Option Plan 2003 (“the 2003 Plan”), pursuant to which the Compensation and Organisation Committee of the Group’s Board of Director’s may grant options to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries for the purchase of ordinary shares. Each grant of an option under the 2003 Plan will be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the optionee and the Company. The exercise price will be specified in each Stock Option Agreement, however option prices will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date the option is granted.
 
An aggregate of 6.0 million ordinary shares have been reserved under the 2003 Plan; and, in no event will the number of ordinary shares that may be issued pursuant to options awarded under the 2003 Plan exceed 10% of the outstanding shares, as defined in the 2003 Plan, at the time of the grant. Further, the maximum number of ordinary shares with respect to which options may be granted under the 2003 Plan during any calendar year to any employee shall be 400,000 ordinary shares. No options can be granted after 17 January 2013.
 
 
80

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
10. Share based payments (continued)

On 21 July 2008 the Company adopted the Employee Share Option Plan 2008 (the “2008 Employee Plan”) pursuant to which the Compensation and Organisation Committee of the Group’s Board of Directors may grant options to any employee, or any director holding a salaried office or employment with the Company or a Subsidiary for the purchase of ordinary shares. On the same date, the Company also adopted the Consultants Share Option Plan 2008 (the “2008 Consultants Plan”), pursuant to which the Compensation and Organisation Committee of the Group’s Board of Directors may grant options to any consultant, adviser or non-Executive director retained by the Company or any Subsidiary for the purchase of ordinary shares. Each option granted under the 2008 Employees Plan or the 2008 Consultants Plan (together the “2008 Option plans”) will be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the optionee and the Company. The exercise price will be specified in each Stock Option Agreement, however option prices will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date the option is granted.
 
An aggregate of 6.0 million ordinary shares have been reserved under the 2008 Employee Plan as reduced by any shares issued or to be issued pursuant to options granted under the 2008 Consultants Plan, under which a limit of 400,000 shares applies.  Further, the maximum number of ordinary shares with respect to which options may be granted under the 2008 Employee Option Plan during any calendar year to any employee shall be 400,000 ordinary shares.  There is no individual limit under the 2008 Consultants Option Plan.   No options may be granted under the plans after 21 July 2018.
 
On 21 July 2008 the Company adopted the 2008 Employees Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “2008 RSU Plan”) pursuant to which the Compensation and Organisation Committee of the Group’s Board of Directors may select any employee, or any director holding a salaried office or employment with the Company or a Subsidiary to receive an award under the plan.  An aggregate of 1.0 million ordinary shares  have been reserved for issuance under the 2008 RSU Plan.  Awards under the 2008 RSU may be settled in cash or shares.
 
Share options

Share option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares at date of grant.  Share options typically vest over a period of five years from date of grant and expire eight years from date of grant.

Set out below is a summary of the total number of options outstanding and number of options available to grant under each plan as at 31 December 2011:

   
Outstanding
   
Available to Grant
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
                         
1998 Long Term Incentive Plan
    462,950       644,810       -       -  
2003 Stock Option Plan
    3,184,985       3,454,472       379,130       408,829  
2008 Stock Option Plans
    1,254,883       699,395       4,983,703       5,300,605  
                                 
Total
    4,902,818       4,798,677       5,123,833       5,709,434  

The 1998 Long Term Incentive Plan expired on 14 January 2008 and no further options may be granted under this plan.
 
 
81

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
10. Share based payments (continued)
 
The total number of share options outstanding and exercisable at 31 December 2011 is as follows:

   
Number of
Weighted Average
   
Options
Exercise Price
       
       
Outstanding at 31 December 2009
 
5,408,222
$18.99
       
Granted
 
1,038,327
$24.34
Exercised
 
(1,237,015)
$10.64
Forfeited
 
(410,857)
$25.86
       
Outstanding at 31 December 2010
 
4,798,677
$21.71
       
Granted
 
989,449
$19.66
Exercised
 
(430,340)
$10.84
Forfeited
 
(454,968)
$25.77
       
Outstanding at 31 December 2011
 
4,902,818
$21.87
       
Exercisable at 31 December 2011
 
2,368,508
$20.35

The weighted average share price of exercised options during the year ended 31 December 2011 was $18.88 (31 December 2010: $24.93).
 
 
82

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
10. Share based payments (continued)
 
At 31 December 2011, the range of exercise prices and weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding and exercisable options was as follows:

Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
 
Range
Exercise
Price
 
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
 
Weighted
Average
 Exercise Price
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
           
$8.60
328,374
1.13
$8.60
328,374
$8.60
$8.88
17,000
0.09
$8.88
17,000
$8.88
$10.42
20,000
2.04
$10.42
20,000
$10.42
$11.00
455,653
2.09
$11.00
455,653
$11.00
$15.47
810
5.33
$15.47
270
$15.47
$15.84
103,000
5.33
$15.84
41,200
$15.84
$16.80
150,000
7.83
$16.80
-
$16.80
$17.17
30,000
7.85
$17.17
-
$17.17
$17.30
24,000
2.64
$17.30
24,000
$17.30
$18.00
70,000
2.83
$18.00
70,000
$18.00
$18.98
9,000
4.87
$18.98
5,400
$18.98
$19.45
33,000
6.82
$19.45
6,600
$19.45
$20.16
2,000
6.87
$20.16
400
$20.16
$20.28
749,339
7.17
$20.28
1,500
$20.28
$21.25
664,950
3.13
$21.25
523,894
$21.25
$21.76
1,000
3.31
$21.76
800
$21.76
$22.10
11,000
5.56
$22.10
4,400
$22.10
$22.26
574,818
5.15
$22.26
230,383
$22.26
$22.60
2,000
3.65
$22.60
1,600
$22.60
$22.93
10,000
7.56
$22.93
-
$22.93
$23.06
10,000
6.62
$23.06
2,000
$23.06
$23.20
4,000
6.70
$23.20
800
$23.20
$24.25
150,000
6.18
$24.25
-
$24.25
$24.46
651,264
                     6.17
$24.46
134,962
$24.46
$26.20
2,400
6.38
$26.20
480
$26.20
$26.27
2,000
4.81
$26.27
1,200
$26.27
$27.91
2,000
6.42
$27.91
400
$27.91
$29.45
8,000
6.33
$29.45
1,600
$29.45
$35.33
808,210
4.15
$35.33
489,292
$35.33
$36.05
6,000
4.40
$36.05
4,500
$36.05
$36.20
2,000
4.33
$36.20
1,200
$36.20
$41.25
1,000
4.67
$41.25
600
$41.25
           
$8.60 - $41.25
4,902,818
4.68
$21.87
2,368,508
$20.35
 
 
83

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
10. Share based payments (continued)
 
Share option fair values

The overall weighted average fair value of share options granted by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2011 was $7.50 based on the following grants:

Grant Date
Number of
Weighted Average
 
Shares
exercise price
3-Mar-11
799,449
20.28
25-Jul-11
10,000
22.93
31-Oct-11
150,000
16.80
07-Nov-11
30,000
17.17
     
 
989,449
$19.66

The overall weighted average fair value of share options granted by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2010 was $9.23 based on the following grants:

Grant Date
Number of
Weighted Average
 
Shares
exercise price
4-Mar-10
816,927
$24.46
8-Mar-10
150,000
$24.25
29-Apr-10
8,000
$29.45
3-May-10
10,000
$29.38
20-May-10
2,400
$26.20
1-Jun-10
2,000
$27.91
16-Aug-10
10,000
$23.06
13-Sep-10
4,000
$23.20
26-Oct-10
33,000
$19.45
15-Nov-10
2,000
$20.16
     
 
1,038,327
$24.34

Fair value of share options – Assumptions

The fair values of options granted during the year ended 31 December 2011 and the year ended 31 December 2010 were calculated using a binomial option-pricing-model, using the following assumptions:

 
Year ended
31 December
Year ended
31 December
 
2011
2010
Weighted average share price
$19.66
$24.34
Weighted average exercise price
$19.66
$24.34
Expected volatility (1)
45-50%
45%
Expected dividend yield
-
-
Risk-free rate (2)
0.8%-1.8%
1.0%-1.2%
Rate of forced early exercise
10% p.a.
10% p.a.
Minimum gain for voluntary early exercise
33% of exercise price
33% of exercise price
Rate of voluntary early exercise at minimum gain
100% per annum
100% per annum
(1)Expected volatility has been determined based upon the volatility of the Company’s share price over a period which is commensurate with the expected term of the options granted.
(2)Risk free rate is dependent on the grant date.
 
 
84

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
10. Share based payments (continued)
 
Restricted share units

The Company has awarded restricted Share Units (“RSU’s”) to certain key executives of the Group.  Details of the RSU’s granted during the year ended 31 December 2011 were as follows:

RSU’s Awarded
Date of Award
Vesting Date
Market Price on Date of Award
       
100,000*
10 February 2011
10 February 2016
$22.11
       
120,000**
3 March 2011
3 March 2014
$20.28
       
10,000
7 June 2011
7 June 2014
$24.60
       
100,000
1 October 2011
1 October 2014
$16.08
       
5,000
27 October  2011
27 October 2014
$17.65
       
30,000
7 November 2011
7 November 2014
$17.17
       
* includes 50,000 RSU’s awarded to Mr. Alan Morgan which are not now expected to vest following his resignation from the Company.
** includes 100,000 RSU’s awarded to Mr. Peter Gray which are not now expected to vest following his retirement as CEO of the Company on 30 September 2011.

The Company has also awarded RSU’s in prior periods. On 7 August 2008 the Company awarded 6,280 restricted share units to certain employees of the Group. These RSU’s vested over periods ranging from 26 February 2009 to 26 February 2011.  The market value of the Company’s shares on date of issue was $41.95.  On 16 August 2010 2,512 ordinary shares were issued by the Company relating to certain of the 2008 RSU awards. On 20 May 2011, the Company issued a further 3,768 ordinary shares relating to the remaining 2008 RSU awards.
 
Share based payment expense

Operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2011 is stated after charging $7.6 million in respect of share based payments expense. Share based payment expense has been allocated to direct costs and other operating expenses as follows:
 
   
Year Ended
31 December
2011
   
Year Ended
31 December
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
     
Direct costs
    5,270       4,068  
Other operating expenses
    4,294       3,315  
                 
  Total
    9,564       7,383  
 
 
85

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
11. Property, Plant and Equipment

               
Leasehold
   
Computer
   
Office
furniture &
   
Laboratory
   
Motor
       
   
Land
   
Buildings
   
improvements
   
equipment
   
fixtures
   
equipment
   
vehicles
   
Total
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Cost
                                                               
At 1 January 2011
    4,113       75,511       26,186       74,557       56,444       23,320       44       260,175  
Additions
    -       205       1,728       7,977       3,185       1,568       -       14,663  
Disposals
    -       -       (159 )     (992 )     (292 )     (57 )     -       (1,500 )
Arising on acquisition
    -       -       278       455       277       -       -       1,010  
Foreign exchange movement
    99       (2,476 )     (691 )     (2,072 )     (1,518 )     (636 )     (1 )     (7,295 )
                                                                 
At 31 December 2011
    4,212       73,240       27,342       79,925       58,096       24,195       43       267,053  
                                                                 
Depreciation
                                                               
At 1 January 2011
    -       12,993       13,996       54,827       24,572       13,665       22       120,075  
Reclassification
    -       (5,146 )     -       3       5,143       -       -       -  
Reclassification to Intangible assets
    -       (671 )     -       -       -       -       -       (671 )
Charge for year
    -       1,972       3,517       8,417       6,072       3,186       5       23,169  
Eliminated on disposal
    -       -       (136 )     (968 )     (91 )     (57 )     -       (1,252 )
Foreign exchange movement
    -       (480 )     (371 )     (1,546 )     (814 )     (445 )     (1 )     (3.657 )
                                                                 
                                                                 
At 31 December 2011
    -       8,668       17,006       60,733       34,882       16,349       26       137,664  
                                                                 
Net book value
                                                               
                                                                 
At 31 December 2011
    4,212       64,572       10,336       19,192       23,214       7,846       17       129,389  
                                                                 
                                                                 
At 31 December 2010
    4,113       62,518       12,190       19,730       31,872       9,655       20       140,100  
                                                                 
Cost at 31 December 2011 includes $nil (31 December 2010: $825,000) relating to computer equipment held under finance leases.  Related accumulated depreciation amounted to $ nil (31 December 2010: $518,000).  Depreciation expense of $23.2 million (31 December 2010: $25.8million) has been charged in ‘other operating expenses’ in the income statement.
 
 
86

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
11. Property, Plant and Equipment (continued)

               
Leasehold
   
Computer
   
Office furniture &
   
Laboratory
   
Motor
       
   
Land
   
Buildings
   
improvements
   
equipment
   
fixtures
   
equipment
   
vehicles
   
Total
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Cost
                                                               
At 1 January 2010
    3,979       80,309       24,762       66,022       54,311       21,828       43       251,254  
Additions
    -       362       2,569       11,064       3,973       1,905       -       19,873  
Disposals
    -       -       (922 )     (1,048 )     (398 )     (16 )     -       (2,384 )
Arising on acquisition
    -       -       -       -       107       -       -       107  
Foreign exchange movement
    134       (5,160 )     (223 )     (1,481 )     (1,549 )     (397 )     1       (8,675 )
                                                                 
At 31 December 2010
    4,113       75,511       26,186       74,557       56,444       23,320       44       260,175  
                                                                 
Depreciation
                                                               
At 1 January 2010
    -       6,032       10,736       46,395       24,861       10,387       18       98,429  
Charge for year
    -       7,564       4,047       10,414       305       3,534       5       25,869  
Eliminated on disposal
    -       -       (876 )     (1,038 )     (203 )     (15 )     -       (2,132 )
Foreign exchange movement
    -       (603 )     89       (944 )     (391 )     (241 )     (1 )     (2,091 )
                                                                 
                                                                 
At 31 December 2010
    -       12,993       13,996       54,827       24,572       13,665       22       120,075  
                                                                 
Net book value
                                                               
                                                                 
At 31 December 2010
    4,113       62,518       12,190       19,730       31,872       9,655       20       140,100  
                                                                 
                                                                 
At 31 December 2009
    3,979       74,277       14,026       19,627       29,450       11,441       25       152,825  
                                                                 
Cost at 31 December 2010 includes $825,000 (31 December 2009: $907,000) relating to computer equipment held under finance leases. Related accumulated depreciation amounted to $518,000 (31 December 2009: $357,000).  Depreciation expense of $25.8 million (31 December 2009: $22.5 million) has been charged in ‘other operating expenses’ in the income statement.
 
 
87

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
12. Intangible assets – goodwill and other
 
   
Computer Software
$’000
   
Customer Relationships
$’000
   
Volunteer List
$’000
   
Order Backlog
$’000
   
Technology
Asset
$’000
   
 
Tradename
$’000
   
 
Goodwill
$’000
   
 
Total
$’000
 
Cost
                                               
At 1 January 2011
    77,790       12,288       1,325       1,470       -       -       189,869       282,742  
Additions
    20,844       -       -       -       -       -       -       20,844  
Disposal
    (451 )     -       -       -       -       -       -       (451 )
Arising on acquisition
    35       11,891       -       1,790       11,169       1,357       83,656       109,898  
Foreign exchange movement
    (2,741 )     (533 )     -       (109 )     (967 )     (118 )     (6,123 )     (10,591 )
                                                                 
31 December 2011
    95,477       23,646       1,325       3,151       10,202       1,239       267,402       402,442  
                                                                 
Amortisation
                                                               
At 1 January 2011
    47,027       5,194       624       983       -       -       -       53,828  
Reclassification from Property, Plant and Equipment
    671       -       -       -       -       -       -       671  
Amortised in the year
    10,866       2,483       217       1,139       672       136       -       15,513  
Disposal
    (411 )     -       -       -       -       -       -       (411 )
Foreign exchange movement
    (1,747 )     (51 )     -       (38 )     (49 )     (10 )     -       (1,895 )
                                                                 
At 31 December 2011
    56,406       7,626       841       2,084       623       126       -       67,706  
                                                                 
Net book value
                                                               
                                                                 
                                                                 
At 31 December 2011
    39,071       16,020       484       1,067       9,579       1,113       267,402       334,736  
                                                                 
                                                                 
At 31 December 2010
    30,763       7,094       701       487       -       -       189,869       228,914  
Amortisation expense of $15.4 million (31 December 2010: $8.0 million) has been charged in ‘other operating expenses’ in the income statement.
 
 
88

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
12. Intangible assets – goodwill and other (continued)
 
   
Computer Software
$’000
   
Customer Relationships
$’000
   
Volunteer List
$’000
   
Order Backlog
$’000
   
Technology
Asset
$’000
   
Tradename
 
$’000
   
 
Goodwill
$’000
   
 
Total
$’000
 
Cost
                                               
At 1 January 2010
    68,746       11,644       1,325       1,470       -       -       187,577       270,762  
Additions
    11,962       -       -               -       -       -       11,962  
Disposal
    (78 )     -       -       -       -       -       -       (78 )
Arising on acquisition
    -       770       -       -       -       -       3,505       4,275  
Prior period acquisition
    -       -       -       -       -       -       2,539 *     2,539  
Foreign exchange movement
    (2,840 )     (126 )     -       -       -       -       (3,752 )     (6,718 )
                                                                 
At 31 December 2010
    77,790       12,288       1,325       1,470       -       -       189,869       282,742  
                                                                 
Amortisation
                                                               
At 1 January 2010
    43,282       3,581       407       493       -       -       -       47,763  
Amortised in the year
    5,550       1,747       217       490       -       -       -       8,004  
Disposal
    (78 )     -       -       -       -       -       -       (78 )
Foreign exchange movement
    (1,727 )     (134 )     -       -       -       -       -       (1,861 )
                                                                 
At 31 December 2010
    47,027       5,194       624       983       -       -       -       53,828  
                                                                 
Net book value
                                                               
                                                                 
At 31 December 2010
    30,763       7,094       701       487       -       -       189,869       228,914  
                                                                 
At 31 December 2009
    25,464       8,063       918       977       -       -       187,577       222,999  
*Further details are outlined in note 13(d).
 
Amortisation expense of $8.0 million (31 December 2009: $10.2 million) has been charged in ‘other operating expenses’ in the income statement.
 
 
89

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
12. Intangible assets – goodwill and other (continued)
 
Impairment review of goodwill

Cash generating units

Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to individual cash-generating units (“CGU’s”) that are expected to benefit from the combination. The CGU’s identified represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored and are not larger than the operating segments determined in accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments.

The Group has identified two CGU’s in accordance with the provisions of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets as follows:

   
31 December
2011
   
31 December
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Goodwill
               
Clinical research
    267,402       189,869  
Central laboratory
    -       -  
                 
      267,402       189,869  

An impairment charge was recorded against the carrying value of the goodwill of the Central laboratory segment in a prior period.  The remaining goodwill is fully attributable to the Clinical research CGU.

Impairment testing methodology and results

Goodwill is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis or more frequently if facts or circumstances warrant such a review. As the goodwill relating to the Central laboratory segment was fully impaired in a prior year, the 2011 impairment review consisted of a review of the goodwill applicable to the Clinical research CGU.

The recoverable amount of the Clinical research CGU is determined using a value-in-use computation based upon discounted net present value cash flow projections for the CGU.  The cash flow projections are for a period of five years forward together with a terminal value calculated in accordance with the Gordon’s terminal value model.  In calculating the terminal value a long-term growth rate of 2% has been applied to the estimated maintainable cash flow in the terminal year.

Management’s estimates of future cash flows are based upon current budgets and strategic plans and are reflective of anticipated growth rates within the CRO industry, expected growth in the Group’s market share and past experience.  Key assumptions applied in determining expected future cash flows for these plans include management’s estimate of future profitability, replacement capital expenditure requirements, trade working capital investment needs and tax considerations.  The Group’s cash flow projections are adjusted each year for actual and expected changes in performance.
 
 
90

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
12. Intangible assets – goodwill and other (continued)
 
The following assumptions were applied in determining the the five projected cash flows of the Clinical research CGU at 31 December 2011:
 
   
31 December
2011
 
31 December
2010
Expected revenue growth rate
    10 %     7 %
Expected growth rate for operating costs
    8 %     8 %
Expected effective tax rate
    18 %     18 %
Expected movement in creditors
    8 %     8 %
Expected movement in debtors based on DSO*
 
50 days
 
40 days
Expected capital expenditure growth rate
    8 %     8 %
*Days sales outstanding (DSO) is a a measure of the number of days in the period that the company takes to collect revenue
 
Expected revenue growth and the expected growth in operating costs are determined based upon the expected growth rates used in preparing the Group’s budgets and strategic plans. In estimating budgeted revenue consideration is given to current levels of backlog (i.e. the value of new business awards not yet recognised in revenue) and the estimated timeframe over which this is expected to be recognised within revenue, together with an estimate of revenue expected to be generated from new awards not currently within backlog.  In estimating revenue from new awards consideration is given to current RFP (request for proposals) volumes, expected growth rates in both the CRO industry and the Group’s market share, and past experience. In estimating budgeted operating costs, consideration is given to required staffing levels, project related costs, facility and information technology costs and other costs.  Staff costs and project related costs generally increase in line with revenue and are therefore estimated based on revenue growth expectations, while facility and information costs and other costs are relatively fixed and are therefore projected based upon a lower growth rate.  An expected long term average tax rate of 18% has been applied in determining the projected after tax cash flows.

Working capital investment needs are determined based upon anticipated increases in the Group’s debtor’s and creditor’s.  Debtors are expected to increase in line with increases in the Group’s DSO.  DSO is generally a function of both the timing of contract fee instalments over a study or trial duration and credit terms afforded to individual customers.  The increase in DSO used in conducting the current year’s impairment review is reflective of current and anticipated trends in the Group’s DSO. Expected long term DSO’s for the Group are anticipated to be in the range of 45 to 55 days. The Group’s DSO has increased from 37 days at 31 December 2010 to 47 days at 31 December 2011. Creditors’ are expected to increase in line with operating costs. Capital expenditure is expected to increase in line with the Group’s projected capital expenditure investment targets.  

A discount rate of 8% (2010:10%) has been applied to the projected cash flows of the Clinical research CGU in determining its value-in-use.  This rate is reflective of both the time value of money and risks specific to the CGU.  The discount rate is based upon the Group’s weighted average cost of capital which has been determined by applying the Group’s long term optimal capital structure to its costs of debt and cost of equity.  The Group’s cost of debt has been calculated by applying an appropriate margin over the risk free interest rate.  The Group’s cost of equity has been calculated using the capital asset pricing model and includes an appropriate equity risk premium over the available risk free interest rate.  The reduction in the discount rate applied in the current year is reflective of a reduction in risk free interest rates (10 year US treasury bonds).
 
 
91

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
12. Intangible assets – goodwill and other (continued)
 
The excess of the value-in-use of the Clinical research CGU at 31 December 2011, based on the assumptions above, has been calculated as follows:

   
31 December
2011
   
31 December
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Value-in use (present value of future cash flows)
    1,920       1,248  
Carrying amount of the Clinical research CGU
    650       638  
                 
Excess of value-in-use over carrying value
    1,270       610  

Sensitivity Analysis
 
A sensitivity analysis to determine if reasonable changes in key assumptions could lead to an impairment was conducted at 31 December 2011 using the following revised assumptions:
 
   
31 December
2011
 
31 December
2010
Expected revenue growth rate
    5 %     3 %
Expected growth rate for operating costs
    3 %     3 %
Expected capital expenditure growth rate
    3 %     3 %
Discount rate
    13 %     15 %
*All other inputs remained constant.
 
The revised excess of the value-in-use of the Clinical research CGU at 31 December 2011, using the alternative assumptions above, has been calculated as follows:
 

   
31 December
2011
   
31 December
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Revised value-in use (present value of future cash flows)
    920       812  
Carrying amount of the Clinical research CGU
    650       638  
                 
Revised excess of value-in-use over carrying value
    270       174  

As the excess of the recoverable amount over the carrying value of the cash generating unit was maintained despite changes in key assumptons, management have concluded that no reasonable change in key assumptions would result in an impairment of the Clinical research CGU.
 
 
92

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
13. Business Combinations

The acquisitions below have been accounted for as business combinations in accordance with the revised IFRS 3 Business Combinations:

(a) Acquisition of Firecrest Clinical
 
On 14 July 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Firecrest Clinical Limited (“Firecrest”), a market leading provider of technology solutions that boost investigator site performance and study management, for an initial cash consideration of €17.0 million ($24.1million). Headquartered in Limerick, Ireland, Firecrest Clinical provides a comprehensive site performance management system that is used to improve compliance consistency and execution of activities at investigator sites. Further consideration of up to €33.0 million ($46.8 million) may become payable if certain performance milestones are achieved in the period to 30 June 2013. At 31 December 2011 the Group has recorded a liability of €31.3 million ($40.6 million) in relation to these performance milestones. On 16 March 2012, the Group paid €3.0 million ($4.0 million) in respect of the first element of additional consideration payable upon the achievement of these performance milestones. In addition, the acquisition agreement provided for certain working capital targets to be achieved by Firecrest on completion. On 16 March 2012, the Group paid an additional €0.4 million ($0.5 million) in respect of this review.
 
The acquisition of Firecrest has been accounted for as a business combination in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. The following table summarises the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed:
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair Value
   
Fair Value
 
   
Amount
   
Adjustment
       
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
Property, plant and equipment
    687       -       687  
Goodwill
    -       48,073       48,073  
Intangible asset – technology asset
    -       11,169       11,169  
Intangible asset – customer relationships
    -       5,243       5,243  
Intangible asset – order backlog
    -       1,172       1,172  
Intangible asset - trade name
    -       1,357       1,357  
Cash and cash equivalents
    1,965       -       1,965  
Other current assets
    846       -       846  
Accounts Receivable
    2,867       -       2,867  
Deferred tax liability
    (2,367 )     -       (2,367 )
Other liabilities
    (2,521 )     -       (2,521 )
                         
Purchase price
                    68,491  
 
Goodwill represents the cost of an established workforce with experience in the development of site performance and study management systems and process related efficiencies expected to be generated from the use of the Firecrest site performance management system and is not tax deductible.
 
The carrying values of accounts receivable in the above table are carried at amortised cost and assumed to be approximate to their fair values due to the short term nature of these balances. There is no evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due within the above acquired accounts receivable.
 
 
93

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
13. Business Combinations (continued)
 
The proforma effect of the Firecrest acquisition if completed on 1 January 2010 would have resulted in net revenue and profit for the financial years ended 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2011 as follows:
 
   
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Net revenue
    952,729       906,311  
 
Profit for the year
    24,181       85,228  

(b) Acquisition of Oxford Outcomes

On 14 January 2011 the Group acquired approximately 80% of the common stock of Oxford Outcomes Limited (“Oxford Outcomes”), a leading international health outcomes consultancy business, for an initial cash consideration of £17.8 million ($27.6 million).  Headquartered in Oxford, United Kingdom, and with offices in the USA and Canada, Oxford Outcomes provides specialist services in the areas of patient reported outcomes (PRO), health economics, epidemiology and translation and linguistic validation.  Further consideration of up to £6.5 million ($10.1 million) may become payable in respect of the period to 31 March 2012 if certain performance milestones are achieved.  In July 2011 the Group paid £3.3 million ($5.1 million) in respect of the first element of this additional consideration. The Group has recorded a liability of £3.2 million ($4.9 million) at 31 December 2011 in respect of the remaining performance milestones.  The acquisition agreement also provided for certain working capital targets to be achieved by Oxford Outcomes on completion.  In May 2011 the Group paid an additional £3.3 million ($5.1 million) in respect of certain elements of this review. A liability for a further £0.8 million ($1.2 million) was recorded at 31 December 2011 in respect of the remaining elements of this review. These amounts were paid in March 2012.

On 14 January 2011, a put and call option was also agreed between the Group and the selling shareholders for the acquisition of the remaining common stock of Oxford Outcomes during the year ended December 31, 2011 for cash consideration of £3.8 million ($6.0 million).  Further consideration of up to £1.5 million ($2.3 million) relating to this remaining common stock may become payable during the period to 31 March 2012 if certain performance milestones are achieved.  On 20 October 2011 this option was exercised and £3.8 million ($6.0 million) was paid by the Group to the selling shareholders together with a further £0.7 million ($1.1 million) in respect of the first element of amounts due in respect of the performance milestones. The Group has recorded a liability of £0.8 million ($1.2 million) at 31 December  2011 in respect of the remaining performance milestones.
 
 
94

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
13. Business Combinations (continued)
 
The acquisition of Oxford Outcomes has been accounted for as a business combination in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. The following table summarises the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed:
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair Value
   
Fair Value
 
   
Amount
   
Adjustment
       
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
Property, plant and equipment
    490       -       490  
Goodwill
    -       35,583       35,583  
Intangible asset – customer relationships
    -       6,648       6,648  
Intangible asset – order backlog
    -       618       618  
Cash and cash equivalents
    6,335       -       6,335  
Other current assets
    1,354       -       1,354  
Accounts Receivable
    5,438       -       5,438  
Deferred tax liability
    (2,003 )     -       (2,003 )
Current liabilities
    (2,128 )     -       (2,128 )
                         
Purchase price
                    52,335  
 
Goodwill represents the cost of established workforce with experience in specialist services in the areas of patient reported outcomes (PRO), health economics, epidemiology and translation and linguistic validation. Goodwill is not tax deductible.
 
The carrying values of accounts receivable in the above table are carried at amortised cost and assumed to be approximate to their fair values due to the short term nature of these balances. There is no evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due within the above acquired accounts receivables.

The proforma effect of the Oxford Outcomes acquisition if completed on 1 January 2010 would have resulted in net revenue and profit for the financial years ended 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2011 as follows:
 
   
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
 
   
31 December
   
31December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Net revenue
    945,729       919,524  
                 
Profit for the year
    21,210       90,625  
 
 
95

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
13. Business Combinations (continued)
 
(c) Prior period acquisition of Timaq Medical Imaging

On 17 May 2010 the Group acquired Timaq Medical Imaging (“Timaq”), a European provider of advanced imaging services to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry located in Zurich, Switzerland. The Company was acquired for an initial cash consideration of CHF 1.3 million ($1.2 million), with additional consideration of up to CHF 2.9 million ($2.6 million) payable if certain performance milestones are achieved by the Group. The Group accrued CHF 2.9 million ($2.6 million) in relation to the additional consideration at date of acquisition.
 
On 5 November  2010, the first element of these performance milestones was achieved requiring deferred payments of CHF 0.3 million ($0.3 million) to the selling shareholders in each of the years ended 31 December 2010, 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2012.  As at 31 December 2011 CHF 0.6 million ($0.6 million) has been paid by the Group and a further CHF 0.3 million ($0.3 million) has been recorded as a liability in respect of the payment due in 2012.  Further consideration of up to CHF 2.0 million is payable if the remaining performance milestones are achieved during the years ended 31 December 2010 to 31 December 2012. During the year ended 31 December 2011 the Group assessed the likelihood of the remaining milestones being achieved as remote and consequently has released CHF 2.0 million ($1.7 million) previously accrued in relation to these milestones.
 
The acquisition of Timaq has been accounted for as a business combination in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. The following table summarises the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed:
 
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Fair Value Adjustment
   
Fair Value
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
Property, plant and equipment
    107       -       107  
Goodwill
    -       3,505       3,505  
Intangible assets – customer relationships
    -       770       770  
Other current assets
    160       -       160  
Current liabilities
    (719 )     -       (719 )
                         
Purchase price
                    3,823  
 
Goodwill represents the acquisition of an established workforce with experience in the provision of advanced imaging services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers in the European market.
 
The proforma effect of the Timaq Medical Imaging acquisition if completed on 1 January 2009 would have resulted in net revenue and profit for the financial years ended 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2010 as follows:
 
   
Year Ended
   
Year Ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Net revenue
    900,370       888,929  
                 
Profit for the year
    86,647       96,675  
 
 
96

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
13. Business Combinations (continued)
 
(d) Prior period acquisition of Healthcare Discoveries Inc.

On 11 February 2008 the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Healthcare Discoveries Inc. for an initial cash consideration of $11.1 million, excluding costs of acquisition.  Healthcare Discoveries, located in San Antonio, Texas, is engaged in the provision of Phase I clinical trial services. Certain performance milestones were built into the acquisition agreement requiring payment of additional consideration of up to $10.0 million if these milestones were achieved during the year ended 31 December 2008.  On 3 September 2010, $2.2 million was paid to the former shareholders of Healthcare Discoveries Inc. in full and final settlement of the outstanding consideration payable.
 
The acquisition of Healthcare Discoveries has been accounted for as a business combination in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. The following table summarises the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
 
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Fair Value
Adjustment
   
Fair Value
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
Property, plant and equipment
    327       -       327  
Cash
    5       -       5  
Other current assets
    575       -       575  
Current liabilities
    (1,951 )     -       (1,951 )
Goodwill
    -       12,424       12,424  
Intangible assets – customer relationships
    -       1,565       1,565  
Intangible assets- volunteer list
    -       1,325       1,325  
                         
Purchase Price
                    14,270  

      $’000  
Cash Payment
    13,295  
Acquisition Costs
    975  
         
Purchase Price
    14,270  
 
Goodwill represents the acquisition of an established workforce with experience in the provision of Phase I clinical trial management services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.
 
14. Inventories

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
                 
Laboratory inventories
    2,787       3,792  

The cost of inventories is recognised as an expense and included in other direct costs in the income statement.  $23.9 million (2010:$ 22.5million) was charged in the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2011.
 
 
97

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
15. Accounts receivable

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Accounts receivable
    206,864       168,191  
Less amounts provided for doubtful debts
    (5,526 )     (3,284 )
                 
Accounts receivable, net
    201,338       164,907  

Further analysis of Group’s accounts receivable balances at 31 December 2011 is as follows:

   
Gross
         
Net
   
Gross
         
Net
 
   
accounts receivable
   
Impairment
   
accounts receivable
   
accounts receivable
   
Impairment
   
accounts receivable
 
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2010
   
2010
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                                 
Not past due
    146,421       (290 )     146,131       111,563       (103 )     111,460  
Past due 0 to 30 days
    31,481       (829 )     30,652       28,511       -       28,511  
Past due 31 to 60 days
    8,744       -       8,744       10,581       -       10,581  
Past due 61+ days
    20,218       (4,407 )     15,811       17,536       (3,181 )     14,355  
                                                 
Accounts receivable
    206,864       (5,526 )     201,338       168,191       (3,284 )     164,907  

A provision for impairment is recognised where there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. At 31 December 2011, the Group maintained an impairment provision of $5.5 million (2010: $ 3.3 million).  Movement on the accounts receivable impairment provision during the year was as follows:

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Accounts receivable impairment provision
               
Balance at start of year
    3,284       5,209  
Amounts used during the year
    (945 )     (2,192 )
Amounts provided for during the year
    4,190       3,415  
Amounts released during the year
    (1,003 )     (3,148 )
                 
Balance at end of year
    5,526       3,284  
All receivables are due within twelve months of the year ended 31 December 2011.

 
98

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
15. Accounts receivable (continued)

The carrying amounts of the Group’s accounts receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Currency
    $’000       $’000  
US Dollar
    134,265       85,811  
Euro
    51,468       69,145  
Sterling
    10,873       7,987  
Other currencies
    4,732       1,964  
                 
      201,338       164,907  

16. Other assets

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Other non-current assets
               
Lease deposits
    6,826       6,991  
Deferred employee savings scheme assets
    3,775       3,607  
                 
      10,601       10,598  
Lease deposits paid in respect of certain premises leased by the Group are refundable on expiry of the related leases.


   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Other current assets
               
Personnel related prepayments
    1,056       724  
Facility and information system related prepayments
    11,361       11,387  
General overhead prepayments
    3,872       2,249  
Sales tax recoverable
    5,588       4,133  
Other receivables
    4,532       4,512  
                 
Total
    26,409       23,005  
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year comparatives to be consistent with the current year presentation. There is no change to the overall total balance.

Other current assets do not contain any impaired assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each receivable. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.
 
 
99

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
17. Current asset investments

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
At start of year
    -       49,227  
Additions
    56,000       -  
Disposals
    (438 )     (49,227 )
Unrealised capital loss - investments
    (622 )     -  
                 
At end of year
    54,940       -  

Current asset investments are reported at fair value, with unrealised gains or losses recorded in other comprehensive income. During the year ended 31 December 2011 an unrealised loss of $0.6million (2010: $nil ) was recorded.
 
18. Cash and cash equivalents

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
                 
Cash at bank and in hand
    58,823       54,319  
Short term deposits
    60,414       201,387  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
    119,237       255,706  

Current asset investments comprise highly liquid investments with maturities of greater than three months and minimum “A” rated fixed and floating rate securities.

19. Accrued and other liabilities

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Non-current other liabilities
               
Deferred government grants (note 21)
    1,351       1,470  
Retirement plan benefit net obligation*
    4,903       983  
Deferred employee savings scheme liabilities
    3,232       3,676  
                 
Total
    9,486       6,129  
*Retirement plan net benefit obligation to $1.0 million at 31 December 2010 has been reclassified from current accrued and other liabilities to non-current other liabilities due to the long term nature of these liabilities.  

Deferred employee savings scheme liabilities are payable between 1 to 2 years from the reporting date.
 
 
100

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
19. Accrued and other liabilities (continued)

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Current accrued and other liabilities
               
Personnel related liabilities
    62,017       54,983  
Facility and information system related liabilities
    14,780       11,666  
General overhead liabilities
    24,520       24,052  
Other liabilities
    1,823       5,202  
Short term government grants
    79       111  
Short term finance leases (note 26)
    -       158  
Share Repurchase programme
    1,259       -  
                 
Total
    104,478       96,172  
Restructuring provisions amounting to $0.3 million and acquisition consideration payable amounting to $2.7 million as at 31 December 2010, previously recorded within current accrued and other liabilities, have been reclassified to current provisions (note 20) consistent with the current year presentation.

20. Provisions

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Non-current provisions
               
Acquisition consideration payable (note 13)
    11,903       -  
                 
Total
    11,903       -  

Acquisition consideration is payable within two years from the reporting date.

   
31 December
31 December
   
2011
2010
   
$’000
$’000
Current provisions
     
Restructuring provision (note 7)
 
3,874
315
Acquisition consideration payable (note 13)
 
37,615
2,712
       
Total
 
41,489
3,027
 
 
101

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

21. Deferred government grants

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
At beginning of year
    1,581       1,909  
Amortised during the year
    (115 )     (220 )
Foreign exchange movement
    (36 )     (108 )
                 
At end of year
    1,430       1,581  
                 
Current
    79       111  
Non-current
    1,351       1,470  
                 
Total
    1,430       1,581  

22. Bank credit lines and loan facilities

On 20 July 2011, the Group agreed a three year committed multi currency revolving credit facility for $150 million with Citibank, JP Morgan, Ulster Bank, Deutsche Bank and Barclays Bank. Each bank, subject to the agreement, has committed $30 million to the facility and the terms and conditions attaching to the facility are the same for each institution. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and is secured by certain composite guarantees, indemnities and pledges in favour of the banks. This facility replaced all facilities previously in place with Bank of Ireland, AIB, Citibank and JP Morgan. On 29 February 2012, $20 million was drawn down to fund working capital requirements.

23. Share capital

Group and Company

Authorised share capital:
  No. of Ordinary Shares  
       
Ordinary shares of par value €0.06
    100,000,000  

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Allotted, called up and fully paid
               
                 
 
60,135,603 (31 December 2010: 60,247,092) ordinary shares of €0.06 each
    5,055       5,063  
                 
Issued, fully paid share capital
               
At beginning of year
    5,063       4,965  
Employee share options exercised
    36       98  
Repurchase of ordinary shares
    (44 )     -  
                 
At end of year
    5,055       5,063  
 
 
102

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
23. Share capital (continued)

Holders of Ordinary shares will be entitled to receive such dividends as may be recommended by the board of Directors of the Group and approved by the shareholders and/or such interim dividends as the board of Directors of the Group may decide.  On liquidation or a winding up of the Company, the par value of the Ordinary Shares will be repaid out of the assets available for distribution among the holders of the Company’s American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) and Ordinary Shares not otherwise represented by ADSs.  Holders of Ordinary Shares have no conversion or redemption rights.  On a show of hands, every holder of an ordinary share present in person or proxy at a general meeting of shareholders shall have one vote, with no individual having more than one vote.

During the year ended 31 December 2011, 430,340 options were exercised by employees for total proceeds of $4.7 million.  During the year ended 31 December 2011, 3,768 ordinary shares were issued in respect of certain restricted stock unit’s previously awarded by the Company.

During the year ended 31 December 2010, 1,237,015 options were exercised by employees for total proceeds of $13.2 million.  During the year ended 31 December 2010, 2,512 ordinary shares were issued in respect of certain restricted stock unit’s previously awarded by the Company.

Share repurchase programme

On 27 October 2011, the Company announced its intention to commence a share repurchase programme of up to $50 million. On 22 November 2011, the Company entered into two separate share repurchase plans of up to$10 million each, covering the periods 23 November 2011 to 31 December 2011 and 1 January 2012 to 20 February 2012 respectively. On 21 February 2012 the Company entered into a third share repurchase plan of up to $20 million, covering the period 22 February 2012 to 22 April 2012. On 27 April 2012 the Company entered into a fourth share repurchase plan of up to $20 million, covering the period 27 April 2012 to 18 July 2012. The Company may enter further share repurchase plans to effect the share repurchase programme in accordance with Rule 10b-18 and Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the authorisation granted at the Company’s annual general meeting on 18 July 2011, applicable laws and regulations and the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange.

Under the share repurchase programme, a broker will purchase the Company’s American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with agreed terms and limitations.  ADSs purchased will be deposited with the Depositary under the Company’s ADR facility against delivery of the underlying Ordinary Shares, which will be repurchased by the Company on the Irish Stock Exchange in compliance with the Company’s share repurchase authorisation and applicable laws and regulations. Separately, Ordinary Shares traded on the Irish Stock Exchange may also be repurchased on behalf of the Company.  The programme is designed to allow share repurchases during periods when the Company would ordinarily not be permitted to do so because it may be in possession of material non-public or price-sensitive information, applicable insider trading laws or self-imposed trading blackout periods.  The Company’s instructions to the broker are irrevocable and the trading decisions in respect of the repurchase programme will be made independently of and uninfluenced by the Company.  The Company confirms that, on entering all three share repurchase plans outlined above, it had no material non-public, price-sensitive or inside information regarding the Company or its securities.

The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will be dependent on market conditions, legal and regulatory requirements and the other terms and limitations contained in the plans.  In addition, share repurchases may be suspended or discontinued in certain circumstances in accordance with the agreed terms.  Therefore, there can be no assurance as to the timing or number of shares that may be repurchased under the repurchase programme.  All Ordinary Shares repurchased by the Company will be cancelled.

During the year ended 31 December 2011, 545,597 ordinary shares were repurchased by the Company for a total consideration of $9.0 million.  All ordinary shares repurchased by the Company were cancelled, and the nominal value of these shares transferred to a capital redemption reserve fund as required under Irish Company Law.

 
103

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
24. Capital and reserves

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Share based payment reserve
    39,429       31,478  
Capital redemption reserve
    44       -  
Other reserves
    7,422       7,422  
Foreign currency translation reserve
    (11,507 )     349  
Current asset investment – fair value reserve
    (622 )     -  
Retained earnings
    491,937       483,896  
                 
Total
    526,703       523,145  

Share based payment reserve
The Share based payment reserve is used to account for share-based payments.  The fair value of share based payments is expensed to the income statement over the period the related services are received, with a corresponding increase in equity.  At 31 December 2011 the Group has recognised a cumulative charge for share based payments of $53.2 million net of deferred tax (2010: $43.7 million).  The Group has also recognised a cumulative credit of $10.3 million (2010: $9.6million)  in reserves for the current and deferred tax effects of the tax benefits relating to the exercise of employee share options in excess of related cumulative compensation expense. The Group has reclassified a cumulative credit of $24.1 million (2010: $21.8 million) to retained earnings in respect of exercised and expired share based awards.

Capital redemption reserve
The Capital Redemption Reserve comprises the nominal value of shares repurchased and cancelled by the Group and transferred from share capital to the capital redemption reserve fund as required under Irish Group Law. During the year ended 31 December 2011, 545,597 (31 December 2010: nil) ordinary shares were repurchased and cancelled by the Group.

Other reserves
The Group has recognised a non-distributable reserve of $1.4 million in accordance with agreements made between the Group and Enterprise Ireland, an Irish government agency. The requirement for these non-distributable reserves will expire between the period 2012 and 2014. In 2005 the Group also recognised a share based compensation charge of $6.0 million being the fair value of outstanding ordinary shares transferred to Mr Peter Gray, Vice Chairman of the board of Directors (formerly Chief Executive Officer), by founding Directors, Dr. John Climax and Dr. Ronan Lambe.

Currency reserve
The currency reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign currency denominated operations of the Group since 1 June 2004, the date of transition to IFRS. As at 31 December 2011, this amounted to a cumulative loss of $7.9 million (2010:$19.3 million). In addition the Group has recognised a cumulative gain for the currency impact of long term funding amounting to $20.9 million as at 31 December 2011 (2010: $20.1million). This is offset by a cumulative charge of $1.5 million (2010: $1.2 million) for the related tax on the currency impact on long term funding.

Current asset investments – fair value reserve
The current asset investment – fair value reserve comprises unrealised fair value gains and losses on current asset investments held as available-for-sale. The Group has recognised a loss of $0.6 million during the year ended 31 December 2011 (2010: $nil million). Unrealised gains and losses are released to the Consolidated Income Statement on disposal of the related asset. 


 
104

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
24. Capital and reserves (continued

Retained earnings
In addition to the profit for the financial year the Group has also recognised the actuarial loss on the defined benefit pension scheme in this reserve.  In 2011 the Group recognised an actuarial loss of $4.4 million on the defined benefit pension scheme (31 December 2010: actuarial loss of $1.2 million). The Group has also recognised a credit of $2.3 million (2010: $6.4 million) in respect of exercised and expired share based awards that have been transferred from the Option Reserve.

25. Financial Instruments

The Board of Directors have overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. The Group is exposed to various financial risks in the normal course of its business.  The principle financial risks to which it is exposed include credit risks related to the creditworthiness of its customers and counterparties with which it invests surplus cash funds, liquidity risk associated with the availability of sufficient capital resources, foreign currency risks, including both translation and transaction risk, and interest rate risk.

The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits.  Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Group’s activities.  The Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.  The Audit Committee of the Board oversees how management monitors compliance with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures and reviews the adequacy of the risk management framework in relation to the risks faced by the Group.  

Credit risk

The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises predominately in respect of the creditworthiness of its customers in relation to amounts due from them for the value of work performed and the creditworthiness of counterparties with which it invests surplus cash balances.

Credit risk pertaining to customers is managed by ensuring strict credit procedures are in place, in particular through evaluation of all new customers and ongoing account monitoring. The Group earns revenues from contracts with its customers based upon certain activities and performance specifications. Contract terms may range from several weeks to several years depending on the nature of the work to be performed. Such contracts are generally either fixed price or units-based. In most cases, a small portion of the contract fee is paid at the time the study or trial is started. The balance of the
contract fee is generally payable in instalments over the study or trial duration and may be based on the achievement of
certain performance targets or "milestones" or, based on units delivered, or on a fixed monthly payment schedule. For instance, instalment payments may be based on patient enrolment or delivery of the database. Where customers request changes in the scope of a trial or in the services to be provided, a change order or amendment is issued which may result either in an increase or decrease in the contract value. The Group also contracts on a "fee-for-service," or "time and materials" basis, but this accounts for a small portion of overall project activities.

During the course of the study, the Group will generally incur expenses which are fully reimbursable by customers.  Reimbursable expenses are typically estimated and budgeted within the contract and invoiced on a monthly basis. Reimbursable expenses include payments to investigators, travel and accommodation costs and various other direct costs incurred in the course of the clinical trial which are fully reimbursable by the customer.

 
105

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

25. Financial Instruments (continued)

Most of the Group’s contracts are terminable immediately by the customer with justifiable cause or with 30 to 90 days notice without cause. In the event of termination, the Group is usually entitled to all sums owed for work performed through the notice of termination and certain costs associated with termination of the study. Termination or delay in the performance of a contract occurs for various reasons, including, but not limited to, unexpected or undesired results, production problems resulting in shortages of the drug, adverse patient reactions to the drug, the customer's decision to de-emphasise a particular trial or inadequate patient enrollment or investigator recruitment.

The Group’s top five customers accounted for approximately 37% and 33% respectively of net revenue during the years ended 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010.  During the year ended 31 December 2011, 13% of the Group’s net revenues was derived from one client, with no other client contributing more than 10% of net revenues during this period. During the year ended 31 December 2010 no one client contributed more than 10% of net revenues.

The maximum exposure of credit risk pertaining to customers is the carrying value of accounts receivable and unbilled revenue balances.  The carrying value of accounts receivable and unbilled revenue balances, by geographic region, at 31 December 2011 was as follows:

   
Accounts Receivable
   
Unbilled Revenue
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                 
Europe
    90,791       91,583       64,427       51,351  
United States
    106,037       71,668       57,631       48,186  
Rest of World
    4,510       1,656       4,792       1,894  
                                 
Total
    201,338       164,907       126,850       101,431  

The Group’s exposure to credit risk also arises with counterparties in respect of surplus cash balances invested.  The Group’s treasury function actively manages available cash resources and invests significant cash balances in various financial institutions to try to ensure optimum returns for surplus cash balances.  These balances are classified as cash and cash equivalents or current asset investments depending on the maturity of the related investment.  Credit risk in relation to these balances is managed through ongoing monitoring of the composition of the balances and ensuring that funds are invested in accordance with strict risk management policies and controls as specified by the Group’s Board of Directors. Surplus cash balances are invested in minimum “A” rated fixed and floating rate securities.

 
106

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
25. Financial Instruments (continued)

Liquid and Capital Resources

The Group’s liquid and capital resources at 31 December 2011 were as follows:

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Current asset investments (note 17)
    54,940       -  
Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)
    119,237       255,706  
                 
Total liquid resources
    174,177       255,706  
                 
Shareholders’ Equity
    691,848       683,743  

The principal operating cash requirements of the Group include payment of salaries, office rents, travel expenditures and payments to investigators.  Other cash requirements include capital expenditures for facilities and information system enhancements and cash required to fund acquisitions and other growth opportunities. The CRO industry is generally not capital intensive.  The Group primarily finances its operations and growth through cash flows from operations, together with amounts drawn under negotiated facilities as required.

The Group’s primary objectives in managing its liquid and capital resources are as follows:
·       to maintain adequate resources to fund its continued operations,
·       to ensure availability of sufficient resources to sustain future development and growth of the business,
·       to maintain sufficient resources to mitigate risks and unforeseen events which may arise.

The Group manages risks associated with liquid and capital resources through ongoing monitoring of actual and forecast cash balances and by reviewing the existing and future cash requirements of the business.  It ensures that sufficient headroom is available under the Group’s existing negotiated facilities and negotiates additional facilities as required.  Details of the Group’s negotiated facility is set out in note 22 Bank Credit Lines and Loan Facilities. There were no funds drawn down under this at 31 December 2011. Amounts drawn under previous facilities were repaid during the year ended 31 December 2010. The Group may raise additional finance through the issuance of ordinary shares or debt as required.

The following table sets out details of the maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities into the relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from the financial year end date to contractual maturity date:

Year ended 31 December 2011

   
Carrying
Amount
   
Contractual Cashflows
   
6 months
or less
   
6-12 months
   
 
1-2 years
   
 
2-5 years
   
More than
5 years
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                                         
Non-current other liabilities
    (3,232 )     (3,232 )     -       -       (3,232 )     -       -  
Non-current provisions
    (11,903 )     (12,602 )     -       -       (12,602 )     -       -  
Accounts payable
    (5,340 )     (5,340 )     (5,340 )     -       -       -       -  
Accrued and other  liabilities
    (104,399 )     (104,399 )     (104,399 )     -       -       -       -  
Provisions
    (41,489 )     (41,974 )     (28,682 )     (13,292 )     -       -       -  
                                                         
      (166,363 )     (167,547 )     (138,421 )     (13,292 )     (15,834 )     -       -  

 
107

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
25. Financial Instruments (continued)

Year ended 31 December 2010

   
Carrying
Amount
   
Contractual Cashflows
   
6 months
or less
   
6-12 months
   
1-2 years
   
2-5 years
   
More than
5 years
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                                         
Non-current other liabilities
    (3,676 )     (3,676 )     -       -       (3,676 )     -       -  
Accounts payable
    (12,314 )     (12,314 )     (12,314 )     (80 )     -       -       -  
Accrued and other liabilities
    (96,061 )     (96,063 )     (95,983 )     -       -       -       -  
Current provisions
    (3,027 )     (3,027 )     (3,027 )     -       -       -       -  
                                                         
      (115,078 )     (115,080 )     (111,324 )     (80 )     (3,676 )     -       -  
*Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year comparatives to be consistent with the current year presentation.

*Non-current other liabilities above excludes retirement plan net benefit obligation (2011: $4.9 million and 2010: $1.0 million) and deferred government grants (2011: $1.4 million and 2010: $1.5 million). Accrued and other liabilities excludes deferred government grants (2011: $0.1 million and 2010: $0.1 million).
 
Foreign currency risk

The Group is subject to a number of foreign currency risks given the global nature of its operations. The principal foreign currency risks to which the business is subject to includes both foreign currency translation risk and foreign currency transaction risk. Although domiciled in Ireland, the Group reports its results in U.S. dollars. As a consequence the results of non-U.S. based operations, when translated into U.S. dollars, could be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies of those operations.

The Group is also subject to foreign currency transaction exposures as the currency in which contracts are priced can be different from the currencies in which costs relating to those contracts are incurred.  The Group’s operations in the United States are not materially exposed to such currency differences as the majority of revenues and costs are in U.S. dollars. However, outside the United States the multinational nature of the Group’s activities means that contracts are usually priced in a single currency, most often U.S. dollars, Euros or pounds Sterling, while costs arise in a number of currencies, depending, among other things, on which of the Group’s offices provide staff for the contract, and the location of investigator sites.

Although many such contracts benefit from some degree of natural hedging due to the matching of contract revenues and costs in the same currency, where costs are incurred in currencies other than those in which contracts are priced, fluctuations in the relative value of those currencies could have a material effect on the results of the Group’s operations. The Group regularly reviews its foreign currency exposures and usually negotiates currency fluctuation clauses in its contracts which allow for price negotiation if certain exchange rate triggers occur

 
108

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

25. Financial Instruments (continued)

The following table sets out the Group’s transaction risk in relation to financial assets and liabilities at 31 December 2011:

   
U.S. Dollar
   
Sterling
   
Euro
   
Other
   
Total
 
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
   
2011
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                         
Accounts receivable
    29,302       6,567       2,767       2,437       41,073  
Unbilled revenue/payments on account
    (17,499 )     (3,479 )     (2,760 )     706       (23,032 )
Cash and cash equivalents
    69,226       1,752       743       239       71,960  
Other current assets
    800       214       473       278       1,765  
Other non-current assets
    90       -       472       44       606  
Accounts payable
    1       (345 )     (194 )     (119 )     (657 )
Accrued and other liabilities
    (17,645 )     (650 )     131       (159 )     (18,323 )
Current tax payable
    -       -       130       4       134  
Intergroup transactions
    (53,954 )     (11,388 )     (5,078 )     (24,403 )     (94,823 )
                                         
Total Transaction Risk
    10,321       (7,329 )     (3,316 )     (20,973 )     (21,297 )
                                         
Foreign exchange gains and losses recognised on the above balances are recorded in “other operating expenses”. The total foreign exchange loss incurred during the year ending 31 December 2011 amounted to $0.4million (2010: $3.7 million loss).

The following table sets out the Group’s transaction risk in relation to financial assets and liabilities at 31 December 2010:

   
U.S. Dollar
   
Sterling
   
Euro
   
Other
   
Total
 
   
2010
   
2010
   
2010
   
2010
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                         
Accounts receivable
    17,646       4,091       3,156       551       25,444  
Unbilled revenue/payments on account
    (49,816 )     (2,519 )     (2,429 )     3,817       (50,947 )
Cash and cash equivalents
    120,740       2,787       454       506       124,487  
Other current assets
    1,308       204       1,871       1,210       4,593  
Other non-current assets
    89       -       487       7       583  
Accounts payable
    (506 )     (288 )     (98 )     (385 )     (1,277 )
Accrued and other liabilities
    373       (461 )     139       (132 )     (81 )
Current tax payable
    -       -       88       -       88  
Intergroup transactions
    (87,959 )     (10,023 )     (17,682 )     (24,134 )     (139,798 )
                                         
Total Transaction Risk
    1,875       (6,209 )     (14,014 )     (18,560 )     (36,908 )
                                         
Translation gains and losses recognised on the above balances are recorded in “other operating expenses”. The total loss incurred during the year ending 31 December 2010 amounted to $3.7million (2009: $1.6 million loss). Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year comparatives to be consistent with the current year presentation. There is no change to the overall total balance.

 
109

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
25. Financial Instruments (continued)

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

   
Average Rate
   
Closing Rate
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
                         
Euro
    1.3991       1.3240       1.2961       1.3377  
                                 
Pound Sterling
    1.6050       1.5420       1.5413       1.5599  
                                 
A ten percent strengthening or weakening of the US Dollar, Euro and Sterling (considered individually) against all other currencies would have increased or decreased profit and equity by $0.03 million (31 December 2010 $1.8 million) as a consequence of the retranslation of foreign currency denominated financial assets and liabilities at those dates.

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk in respect of its cash and cash equivalents, current asset investments and amounts drawn under negotiated facilities which are subject to variable rates of interest.  

The Group’s treasury function actively manages its available cash resources and invests significant cash balances in various financial instruments to try to ensure optimum returns for the Group’s surplus cash balances.  Financial instruments are classified either as cash and cash equivalents or current asset investments depending upon the maturity of the related investment. Funds may be invested in the form of floating rate notes and medium term minimum “A” rated corporate securities. The Group may be subject to interest rate risk in respect of interest rate changes on amounts invested.  The Group manages interest rate risk in respect of these balances by monitoring the composition of the Group’s investment portfolio on an ongoing basis having regard to current market interest rates and future trends.

In addition to interest rate risk on surplus cash balances invested, the Group may also be subject to interest rate risk on amounts drawn under negotiated facilities which are subject to variable rates of interest.  Details of the Group’s negotiated facility is set out in note 22 Bank Credit Lines and Loan Facilities. There were no amounts drawn down under this at 31 December 2011. Amounts drawn under previous facilities were repaid during the year ended 31 December 2010. The Group manages interest rate risk in respect of amounts drawn under negotiated facilities through ongoing monitoring of actual and forecast cash balances, reviewing existing and future cash requirements of the business and by reviewing existing levels of borrowings having regard to current market interest rates and future trends.

 
110

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

25. Financial Instruments (continued)

The sensitivity analysis below represents the hypothetical change in our interest income and interest expense based on an immediate 1% movement in market interest rates.

   
Interest Income
   
Interest Expense
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                 
As reported
    1,194       1,761       -       -  
                                 
1% Increase
    3,280       3,943       -       -  
                                 
1% Decrease
    -       -       -       -  
                                 
Interest expense included in note 4 relates to commitment fees on bank overdraft and credit facilities and therefore is not included in the above sensitivity analysis. The above analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

Fair Values

Financial instruments are measured in the statement of financial position at fair value using a fair value hierarchy of valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritises the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of three levels, which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

Level 1:
Inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
   
Level 2:
 
Inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
   
Level 3:
Inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
 
 
111

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

25. Financial Instruments (continued)

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the Statement of Financial Position are as follows:

   
31 December 2011
   
31 December 2011
   
31 December 2010
   
31 December 2010
 
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Fair
Value
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Fair
Value
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Financial Assets
                               
Other non-current assets
    10,601       10,601       10,598       10,598  
Accounts receivable
    201,338       201,338       164,907       164,907  
Unbilled revenue
    126,850       126,850       101,431       101,431  
Other current assets
    26,409       26,409       23,005       23,005  
Current asset investments
    54,940       54,940       -       -  
Cash and cash equivalents
    119,237       119,237       255,706       255,706  
                                 
      539,375       539,375       555,647       555,647  
                                 
Financial Liabilities
                               
Other non-current liabilities
    (3,232 )     (3,232 )     (3,676 )     (4,659 )
Non-current provisions
    (11,903 )     (12,603 )     -       -  
Accounts payable
    (5,340 )     (5,340 )     (12,314 )     (12,314 )
Payments on account
    (150,792 )     (150,792 )     (134,240 )     (134,240 )
Finance lease liabilities
    -       -       (158 )     (158 )
Accrued and other liabilities
    (104,399 )     (104,399 )     (95,899 )     (98,884 )
Provisions
    (41,489 )     (41,489 )     (3,027 )     (3,027 )
                                 
      (317,155 )     (317,855 )     (249,314 )     (249,314 )
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year comparatives to be consistent with the current year presentation. There is no change to the overall total balance.

The carrying values of other non-current assets, accounts receivable, less impairment provision, unbilled revenue, other current assets, cash and cash equivalents, other non-current liabilities, non-current provisions (excluding contingent consideration), accounts payable, payments on account, accrued and other liabilities and provisions (excluding contingent consideration), are carried at amortised cost and  assumed to be approximate to their fair values due to the short term nature of these balances.    

Current asset investments are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. The fair value of current asset investments is their market price at the financial year end date. They are measured on the basis of level 1 inputs.

The fair value finance lease obligations for disclosure purposes is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. They are measured on the basis of level 2 inputs.

 
112

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
25. Financial Instruments (continued)

Included within non-current provisions and provisions are amounts due in respect of certain performance milestones on recent acquisitions (see note 13 Business combinations).  These amounts are payable over periods up to June 2013 and are included in the financial statements at their fair value and are measured on the basis of level 3 inputs.

Each category of asset and liability has remained within the same level of hierarchy as the prior year as there has been no change in the extent to which the inputs used in measuring fair value are or are not observable within the market.

26. Lease commitments

The Group has several non-cancellable operating leases, primarily for facilities, that expire over the next 12 years. These leases generally contain renewal options and require the Group to pay all executory costs such as maintenance and insurance. Future minimum rental commitments for operating leases with non-cancellable terms are as follows:

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Less than one year
    36,927       39,405  
Between one and two years
    31,564       34,302  
Between two and three years
    26,582       30,191  
Between three and four years
    20,088       25,327  
Between four and five years
    16,681       18,986  
More than five years
    26,884       35,939  
                 
Total
    158,726       184,150  
 
27. Commitments and contingencies

(a)Capital commitments

The following capital commitments for the purchase of property, plant and equipment were authorised by the Group at 31 December 2011:

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Contracted for
    16,655       10,980  
Not-contracted for
    8,982       10,011  
                 
Total
    25,637       20,991  

 
113

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

27. Commitments and contingencies (continued)

(b)Guarantees

Where the Group enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within the Group, the Group considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such.  The Group treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Group will be required to make a payment under that guarantee.

The Group has guaranteed the liabilities referred to in Section 5 (c) (ii) of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986 in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2011 for the subsidiary companies listed below. These subsidiaries are availing of the exemption under Section 17 of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986 not to file statutory financial statements.

 
-ICON Clinical Research Property Holdings (Ireland) Limited
 
-ICON Clinical Property Development (Ireland) Limited
 
-ICON Clinical Property Holdings Limited
 
-ICON Clinical Property Development Limited
 
-ICON Clinical Research Limited
 
-ICS (Ireland) Limited
 
-Firecrest Clinical Limited
 
(c)Contractual obligations

The following represents Group contractual obligations and commercial commitments as at 31 December 2011:

   
Payments due by period
 
         
Less than
   
1 to 3
   
3 to 5
   
More than
 
   
Total
   
1 year
   
years
   
years
   
5 years
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                         
Operating lease commitments
    158,726       36,927       58,146       36,769       26,884  
Share repurchase programme
    10,000       10,000       -       -       -  
Capital commitments
    25,637       25,637       -       -       -  
                                         
Total
    194,363       72,564       58,146       36,769       26,884  
 
The Group expects to spend approximately $35 to $40 million in the next 12 months on further investments in information technology, the expansion of existing facilities and the addition of new offices.  The Group believes that it will be able to fund additional foreseeable cash needs for the next twelve months from cash flow from operations and existing cash balances. In the future, the Group may consider acquiring businesses to enhance service offerings and global presence. Any such acquisitions may require additional external financing and the Group may, from time to time, seek to obtain funds from public or private issues of equity or debt securities. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Group.

28. Litigation

The Group is not party to any litigation or other legal proceedings that the Group believes could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations and financial position.

 
114

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
29. Related Parties

(i)Transactions with Directors and Executive Officers

The total compensation of the Directors and Executive Officers (key management remuneration) for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

   
Year ended
31 December
   
Year ended
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Salary and fees
    2,145       1,933  
Bonus
    682       273  
Other benefits
    83       142  
Pension contributions
    144       121  
Share based payment
    1,521       1,164  
                 
Total
    4,575       3,633  

The following share options were awarded to directors and executive officers during the years ended 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010:

Name of Director/Key Executive Officer
Options
Exercise price
 
Grant date
Expiry date
           
Dr. Bruce Given
4,000
4,000
$24.46
$20.28
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
           
Peter Gray
150,000
50,000
$24.25
$20.28
 
8 March 2010
3 March 2011
8 March 2018
3 March 2019
           
Ciaran Murray
30,000
30,000
150,000
$24.46
$20.28
$16.80
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
31 October 2011
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
31 October 2019
           
Brendan Brennan
3,000
5,000
$24.46
$20.28
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
           
Dr. John Climax
 
2,000
2,000
$24.46
$20.28
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
           
Dr. Ronan Lambe
2,000
2,000
$24.46
$20.28
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
           
Thomas Lynch
2,000
2,000
$24.46
$20.28
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
4 March 2018
3 March 2019
           
Prof. Dermot Kelleher
2,000
2,000
$24.46
$20.28
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
4 March 2018
3 March 2019

 
115

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
29. Related Parties (continued)

Name of Director/Key Executive Officer
Options
Exercise price
 
Grant date
Expiry date
           
Declan McKeon
3,000
2,000
$29.45
$20.28
 
29 April 2010
3 March 2011
29 April 2018
3 March 2019
           
Cathrin Petty
3,000
2,000
$19.45
$20.28
 
26 October 2010
3 March 2011
26 October 2018
3 March 2019
           
Diarmaid Cunningham
2,000
5,000
$24.46
$20.28
 
4 March 2010
3 March 2011
4 March 2018
3 March 2019

All options granted during the year end 31 December 2011 will vest between 2012 and 2016, with the exception of 100,000 of the options granted to Peter Gray on 8 March 2010 which will vest between 2011 and 2013. All other options granted to Directors and executive officers during 2010 will vest between 2011 and 2015.

On 3 March 2011, Mr. Peter Gray was awarded 100,000 restricted stock units with a vesting period of three years.  However, due to his retirement they are now not expected to vest as originally anticipated. On 10 February 2011, Mr. Ciaran Murray was awarded 50,000 restricted stock units with a vesting period of five years and on 1 October 2011 he was awarded 100,000 restricted stock units with a vesting period of three years.

Details of transactions entered into by Directors and Key Executive Officers in shares and share options of the Group during the year ended 31 December 2011 were are follows:

Options exercised
     
 
 
 
Name
 
 
Number of
share options
   
Average
exercise
price
   
Market
price on date
of exercise
 
                   
Dr. John Climax
    20,000       $8.88       $16.45  
                         
Dr. Ronan Lambe
    6,000       $8.88       $16.12  

Shares purchased/(sold)
           
 
 
Name
 
Number
of shares
   
Average purchase
price/exercise
price
   
Number
of shares
   
Average Market
Price of Shares
Sold
 
                         
Peter Gray
    -       -       (76,208 )     $17.00  
                                 
Dr. John Climax
    -       -       (20,000 )     $16.45  
                                 
Dr. Ronan Lambe
    -       -       (6,000 )     $16.12  

 
116

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

29. Related Parties (continued)

 (ii)Other Related Party Transactions

Years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010

On 1 January 2010 the Group entered into a three year agreement with Rotrua Limited, a Company controlled by Dr. John Climax, a non-executive director of the Group. This three year agreement is for the provision of consultancy services by Dr Climax to the Group at an agreed fee of €262,500 ($348,968) per annum.  The consultancy agreement provides that, the Group will provide during the term of the agreement, permanent disability and life insurance cover for Dr. Climax and medical insurance cover for himself and his dependants.
 
There were no other related party transactions during the years ended 21 December 2011 and 2010.

30. Subsequent Events

(a) Post year end acquisition of PriceSpective LLC

On 28 February 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of PriceSpective LLC (“PriceSpective”), a global leader in value strategy consulting, for an initial cash consideration of $37.1 million.

Headquartered in Philadelphia, (USA) and with offices in London (UK), Los Angeles (USA), San Diego (USA), Raleigh (USA) and Boston (USA), PriceSpective is a premier consultancy that has a strong reputation for excellence in strategic pricing, market access, health economics outcome research (HEOR), due diligence support and payer engagement services. Since PriceSpective’s inception in 2003, it has developed strategies for dozens of new product launches and hundreds of development and in-market products across 40 plus disease areas.

Further consideration of up to $15.0 million may become payable if certain performance milestones are achieved in the period to December 2012.The following table summarises the Group’s provisional estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed other than for intangible assets. The Group expects to finalise the purchase price allocation including the fair value of intangibles acquired during the first half of 2012:

   
Carrying
   
Fair Value
   
Fair Value
 
   
Amount
   
Adjustment
       
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
                         
Property, plant and equipment
    208       -       208  
Goodwill*
    -       53,336       53,336  
Cash and cash equivalents
    2,311       -       2,311  
Accounts receivables
    2,662       -       2,662  
Other current assets
    1,292       -       1,292  
Non-current assets
    60       -       60  
Current liabilities
    (7,737 )     -       (7,737 )
                         
Total
                    52,132  
*Goodwill represents the acquisition of an established workforce with experience in strategic pricing, market access, HEOR, due diligence support and payer engagement services.

The carrying value of accounts receivables in the above table are the gross contractual amounts receivable and are carried at amortised cost. This is assumed to be approximate to their fair value due to the short term nature of these balances. There is no evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts as due.

 
117

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
30. Subsequent Events (continued)

(b) Post year end acquisition of BeijingWits Medical Limited
 
On 15 February 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of BeijingWits Medical Limited (“BeijingWits”), a leading Chinese CRO, for an initial cash consideration of $9.0 million.
 
BeijingWits offers full-service clinical development capabilities and has a strong track record in clinical trial execution in China. It is a renowned expert in Chinese regulatory processes and a leading advocate of International Conference on Harmonisation Good Clinical Practice (“ICH GCP”) in China. In addition to boosting the Group’s service capabilities in the region, BeijingWits will also strengthen the Group’s presence through the addition of over 100 highly qualified and experienced professionals in Beijing, Shanghai, Chengdu, Guangzhou, Wuhan and Hong Kong.

Further consideration of up to $7.0 million may become payable if certain performance milestones are achieved in the period to 31 December 2013. The following table summarises the Group’s provisional estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed other than for intangible assets. The Group expects to finalise the purchase price allocation including the fair value of intangibles acquired during the first half of 2012:

   
Carrying
   
Fair Value
   
Fair Value
 
   
Amount
   
Adjustment
       
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
                         
Property, plant and equipment
    137       -       137  
Goodwill
    -       15,139       15,139  
Cash and cash equivalents
    587       -       587  
Accounts receivable
    657       -       657  
Other current assets
    443       -       443  
Non-current assets
    83       -       83  
Current liabilities
    (1,046 )     -       (1,046 )
                         
Total
                    16,000  
 
The carrying value of accounts receivables in the above table are the gross contractual amounts receivable and are carried at amortised cost. This is assumed to be approximate to their fair value due to the short term nature of these balances. There is no evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts as due.
 
118

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
31. Subsidiary Undertakings

As at 31 December 2011 the Group had the following principal subsidiary undertakings:
 
 
Name
 
Registered Office
Proportion held by
group
ICON Clinical Research Limited
South County Business Park Leopardstown
Dublin 18
Republic of Ireland
100%*
     
ICON Clinical Research
Inc.
212 Church Road
North Wales
Pennsylvania
PA 19454
U.S.A.
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
(UK) Limited
Concept House
6, Stoneycroft Rise
Chandlers Ford
Eastleigh
Hampshire, SO53 3LD
England
100%*
     
ICON Clinical Research
GmbH
Heinrich-Hertz Strasse 26
D-63225 Langen
Germany
100%*
     
ICON Clinical Research
SARL
20, rue Troyon
92310 Sevres
France
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
Israel Limited
 
6 Haba’al Shem Tov st.
North Industrial Area Lod 71289
POB 1114 Lod 71100
Israel
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
Calle Josep Pla, número 2
Torre Diagonal Mar
piso 11
módulo 1
08019 Barcelona
Spain
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
Kft.
Szepvolgy ut 39
Szepvolgy Irodapark
1037 Budapest
Hungary.
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research            
S.R.L.                                        
3rd Floor
133-137 Calea Floreasca, 1st District
Bucharest
Romania
100%

 
119

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
31. Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)

 
Name
 
Registered Office
Proportion held by
group
ICON Clinical Research EOOD 
4th floor, Saborna Str. 
 2a, Sredets Municipality
 Sofia
 Bulgaria
100%
     
ICON Research d.o.o  
Radnička cesta 80 
 Zagreb  
Croatia
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research LLC
 Bulevar Zorana Djindjica 64a
 11070 Belgrade
 Serbia
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research LLC
4th Floor
St. Poleva, 24
Kiev
Ukraine, 03056
100%
     
ICON Holdings
South County Business Park Leopardstown
Dublin 18
Republic of Ireland
100%
     
ICON Holdings Clinical
Research International Limited
South County Business Park Leopardstown
Dublin 18
Republic of Ireland
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research S.R.O
V parku 2335/20,
Post Code 148 00
Prague 4
Czech Republic
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
(Canada) Inc.
7405, Transcanada Highway
Suite 300
St.Laurent
Quebec (H4T 1Z2)
Canada
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
Pty Limited
Level 2, Suite 201
2-4 Lyon Park Road
North Ryde
Sydney
N.S.W. 2113
Australia
100%*
     

 
120

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
31. Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)
 
 
Name
 
Registered Office
Proportion held by
group
ICON Clinical Research
(New Zealand) Limited
Plaza Level, AXA Centre
41 Shortland Street
Auckland 1010,
New Zealand
100%
     
ICON Japan K.K.
MD Kanda Building 6F-7F
Kanda-Mitoshirocho
Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo, 101-0053
Japan
100%*
     
ICON Clinical Research
Pte Limited
Raffles Place, #20-05
Clifford Centre           
Singapore 048621
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research       
Korea Yuhan Hoesa            
18th Floor, Capital Tower
736-1, YeokSam-Dong
KangNam-Gu
Seoul, Korea 135-983
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
India Private Limited
RMZ Millennia Business Park
Building 3A, 2nd Floor
143 Dr. M G R Road
Kandhanchavady
Chennai - 600 096
Tamil Nadu
India
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
S.A.
Av. Fondo de la Legua 936/54
Edificio Lomas  de San Isidro Plaza1 Martinez
Buenos Aires (B1640ED0)
Argentina
100%
     
ICON Pesquisas
Clinicas LTDA
Avenida Paulista
No. 2300
Andar Pilotis-sal 03100-300
Bela Vista
Sao Paulo
SP Brazil
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research
Mexico S.A. de CV
Barranca del Muerto 329 3rd Floor
Col. San José Insurgentes
03900 México D.F.
100%
     
ICON Chile Limitada
Huerfanos 770
piso 4
oficina 402,
Santiago,
Chile
100%
 
 
121

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
31. Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)

 
Name
 
Registered Office
Proportion held by
group
ICON Clinical Research
Peru SA
Edificio Real Seis
Av. Victor A. Belaunde 147
Via Principal 140-Piso
Ofs 713 y 715
San Isidro-Lima 27
Peru
100%
     
ICON Development
Solutions Limited
Skelton House, 1
Manchester Science Park
Lloyd Street North
Manchester M15 6SH
England
100%
     
DOCS Global Inc.
2 Grand Central Tower
140 East 45th Street
10017 NY
New York,
U.S.A
100%
     
DOCS International BV
Handelsweg 53
1181 ZA Amstelveen
The Netherlands
 
100%
     
ICON Development
Solutions, Inc.
7740 Milestone Parkway,
Suite 150
Hanover, MD 21076
U.S.A
100%
     
ICON Central
Laboratories, Inc.
123 Smith Street
Farmingdale
New York 11735
U.S.A
100%
     
Beacon Bioscience, Inc.
4259 W. Swamp Road
Suite 410
Doylestown, PA 18901-1033
U.S.A
100%
     
Healthcare Discoveries Inc
8307 Gault Lane
San Antonio
TX  78209
U.S.A
100%
     
Prevalere Life Sciences Inc           
8282 Halsey Road
Whitsboro
NY 13492         
U.S.A
100%

 
122

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
31. Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)

 
Name
 
Registered Office
Proportion held by
group
Icon Medical Imaging AG
Zeltweg 46
8032 Zurich
Switzerland
 
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research (Beijing) Co. Limited
Suite 1008, North Building,
Junefield Plaza,
No. 6 Xuabwumenwai Ave,
Beijing,
China, 100052
100%
     
ICON Clnical Research Services Philippines Inc.
28 Floor, Tower 2
The Enterprise Center
6766 Ayala Ave
Corner Paseo de Roxas
Makati City 1226
Philippines
100%
     
Oxford Outcomes Limited
Seacourt Tower
West Way
Oxford
OX2 OJJ
UK
100%
     
Oxford Outcomes Inc.
7315 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 250, Bethesda,
MD 20814
U.S.A
100%
     
Oxford Outcomes (Canada) Ltd
Suite 450, 688 W. Hastings Street, Vancouver,
British Columbia,
Canada
100%
     
Firecrest Clinical Limited
Unit 1 Mary Rosse Centre,
Holland Road,
National Technology Park,
Limerick,
Republic of Ireland  
100%
     
ICON Clinical Research Hong Kong Limited
Suite 503
5/F Chinachem Exchange Square
1 Hoi Wan Street
Quarry Bay
Hong Kong
China
100%
     

 
123

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
31. Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)

 
Name
 
Registered Office
Proportion held by
group
Icon Clinical Research spzoo
Al. Jerozolimskie 56C
00-803
Warsaw
Poland
100%
     
DOCS Insourcing BV
Handelsweg 53
1181 ZA Amstelveen
The Netherlands
100%
     
DOCS International Germany GMBH
An der Welle 4
60422 Frankfurt
Germany
100%
     
DOCS International UK Limited
Concept house 6
Stoneycroft Rise Chandlers Ford
Eastleigh
Hampshire SO53 3LD
UK
100%
     
DOCS International Poland sp.zoo
ul. Grojecka 5
Warsaw
Poland 02-019
100%
     
DOCS International Nordic Countries A/S
Tuborg Boulevard 12
2900 Hellerup
Denmark
100%
     
DOCS International Sweden AB
Solna Stranvag 78
17154 Solna
Sweden
100%
     
DOCS International Finland OY
Mannerheimintie 12B 5th Floor
FIN-00100 Helsinki
Finland
100%
     
DOCS International Switzerland GMBH
Steinengraben 40
c/0 Experfina AG
CH-4002 Basel
Switzerland
100%
     
DOCS International Belgium NV
Pegasuslaan 5
1831 Diegem
Belgium
100%
     
DOCS Italy
Via Washington  n.70
Milan
Italy
100%
     
 
 
124

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

31. Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)

 
Name
 
Registered Office
Proportion held by
group
ICON Investments Ltd (Jersey)
PO Box 76
Kleinwort Benson House
Wests Centre
St Helier
JE4 8PQ,
Jersey
100%
     
Icon Clinical Property Development Limited
South County Business Park Leopardstown
Dublin 18
Republic of Ireland
100%
     
Icon Clinical Research Property Development Limited
South County Business Park Leopardstown
Dublin 18
Republic of Ireland
100%
     
DOCS International France SAS
20, Rue Troyon
Sevres
France, 92310
100%
     
ICON Luxembourg
2, Millewee
L-7257 Walferdange
Luxembourg
100%
     
PriceSpective LLC
Pricespective LLC
460 Norristown Rd, Suite 350
Blue Bell, PA 19422
U.S.A
100%
     
PriceSpective Limited
Pricespective Limited
22 Tudor Street
London
EC4Y 0AY
UK
 
100%
     
Beijing Wits Medical Consulting Co. Limited
Beijing Witts
Room 1502-05, Tower B,
Global Trade Center, No. 36 East Third Ring North Road
Dongcheng District,
Beijing, 100013
China
 
100%
* held directly

 
125

 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
32. Approval of financial statements

The Board of Directors approved these financial statements on 30 April 2012.
 
 
126

 
 
Company Statement of Financial Position
as at 31 December 2011
 
   
Note
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
         
2011
   
2010
 
            $’000       $’000  
ASSETS
                     
Non-current assets
                     
Property, plant and equipment
    1       1,472       1,823  
Intangible assets
    2       690       361  
Investment in subsidiaries
    3       305,164       336,136  
Deferred tax asset
    4       666       1,071  
Total non-current assets
            307,992       339,391  
                         
Current assets
                       
Other current assets
    5       3,446       2,560  
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
            82,529       785  
Current taxes receivable
            133       -  
Cash and cash equivalents
            3,729       2,314  
Total current assets
            89,837       5,659  
                         
Total assets
            397,829       345,050  
                         
EQUITY
                       
Share capital
            5,055       5,063  
Share premium
            160,090       155,537  
Capital redemption reserve
            44       -  
Share based payment reserve
            38,170       30,900  
Other reserves
            6,071       6,071  
Functional currency translation reserve
            (7,738 )     13,997  
Retained earnings
            186,461       124,867  
Attributable to equity holders
            388,153       336,435  
                         
Total equity
            388,153       336,435  
                         
LIABILITIES
                       
Current liabilities
                       
Accounts payable
            438       168  
Accrued and other liabilities
    6       9,238       8,386  
Current taxes payable
            -       61  
Total current liabilities
            9,676       8,615  
                         
Total liabilities
            9,676       8,615  
                         
Total equity and liabilities
            397,829       345,050  

On behalf of the Board
 
Dr. Bruce Given
Ciaran Murray
Director
Director

 
 
127

 
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
   
Number
   
Share
   
Share
   
Capital Redemption
   
Share Based Payment
   
Other
   
Currency
   
Retained
   
Total
 
   
of shares
   
Capital
   
Premium
   
Reserve
   
Reserve
   
Reserves
   
Reserve
   
Earnings
   
Equity
 
            $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
 
Balance at 1 January 2011
    60,247,092       5,063       155,537       -       30,900       6,071       13,997       124,867       336,435  
Total comprehensive income for the year
                                                                       
Profit for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       68,418       68,418  
Other comprehensive income
                                                                       
Foreign currency translation
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (21,735 )     -       (21,735 )
 
Total other comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (21,735 )     -       (21,735 )
 
Total comprehensive income for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (21,735 )     68,418       46,683  
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                                       
Share based payment
    -       -       -       -       9,564       -       -       -       9,564  
Exercise of share options
    430,340       36       4,629       -       -       -       -       -       4,665  
Issue of shares arising from issue of restricted share units
    3,768       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Share issue costs
    -       -       (76 )     -       -       -       -       -       (76 )
Repurchase of ordinary shares
    (545,597 )     (44 )     -       44       -       -       -       (9,005 )     (9,005 )
Share repurchase costs
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (113 )     (113 )
Transfer of exercised and expired  share based awards  
    -       -       -       -       (2,294 )     -       -       2,294       -  
 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
    (111,489 )     (8 )     4,553       44       7,270       -       -       (6,824 )     5,035  
 
Total transactions with owners
    (111,489 )     (8 )     4,553       44       7,270       -       -       (6,824 )     5,035  
 
Balance at 31 December 2011
    60,135,603       5,055       160,090       44       38,170       6,071       (7,738 )     186,461       388,153  
As permitted by section 148(8) of the Companies Act 1963, the Company has not presented a Company income statement. The profit for the 2011 financial year retained by the Company amounted to $68,418,000 (2010: profit $1,956,000).

 
128

 

Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2010

                     
Share Based
                         
   
Number
of shares
   
Share
Capital
   
Share
Premium
   
Payment
Reserve
   
Other
Reserves
   
Currency
Reserve
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Total
Equity
 
            $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
 
Balance at 1 January 2010
    59,007,565       4,965       142,518       29,919       6,071       32,521       116,509       332,503  
Total comprehensive income for the year
                                                               
Profit for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       1,956       1,956  
Other comprehensive income
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
    -       -       -       -       -       (18,524 )     -       (18,524 )
 
Total other comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       (18,524 )     -       (18,524 )
 
Total comprehensive income for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       (18,524 )     1,956       (16,568 )
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
                                                               
Share based payment
    -       -       -       7,383       -       -       -       7,383  
Exercise of share options
    1,237,015       98       13,070       -       -       -       -       13,168  
Issue of shares arising from issue of restricted share units
    2,512       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Share issue costs
    -       -       (51 )     -       -       -       -       (51 )
Transfer of exercised and expired  share based awards  
    -       -       -       (6,402 )     -       -       6,402       -  
 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
    1,239,527       98       13,019       981       -       -       6,402       20,500  
 
Total transactions with owners
    1,239,527       98       13,019       981       -       -       6,402       20,500  
 
Balance at 31 December 2010
    60,247,092       5,063       155,537       30,900       6,071       13,997       124,867       336,435  
As permitted by section 148(8) of the Companies Act 1963, the Company has not presented a Company income statement. The profit for the 2010 financial  year retained by the Company amounted to $1,956,000 (2009: loss of $2,426,000).
 
 
129

 
 
Company Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 31 December 2011

   
Note
   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
         
31 December
   
31 December
 
         
2011
   
2010
 
            $’000       $’000  
                       
Profit for the financial year
          68,418       1,956  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash generated from
operating activities
                     
Loss on disposal of fixed asset
          -       8  
Depreciation
    1       535       524  
Amortisation of intangible assets
    2       188       98  
Share based payment
            2,145       1,247  
Interest on intercompany loans
    3       (2,770 )     (2,518 )
Financing expense
            818       1,057  
Income tax expense
            838       699  
Operating cash inflow before changes in working capital
            70,172       3,071  
                         
(Increase)/decrease in other current assets
            (1,168 )     555  
Increase in accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities
            1,250       16,062  
Increase in income taxes payable
            72       72  
Cash provided by operations
            70,326       19,760  
Interest paid
            (388 )     (833 )
Income taxes paid
            (715 )     (489 )
Net cash inflow from operating activities
            69,223       18,438  
Investing activities
                       
Purchase of computer software
            (566 )     (671 )
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
            (278 )     (278 )
Net cash used by investing activities
            (844 )     (949 )
Financing activities
                       
Increase in amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
            (62,380 )     (29,203 )
Proceeds from exercise of share options
            4,665       13,168  
Share issuance costs
            (76 )     (51 )
Repurchase of ordinary shares
            (9,005 )     -  
Share repurchase costs
            (113 )     -  
Net cash used in financing activities
            (66,909 )     (16,086 )
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
            1,470       1,403  
Effect of exchange rate changes
            (55 )     (120 )
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year
            2,314       1,031  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
            3,729       2,314  
                         

 
130

 

Notes to Company Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
1.  Property, plant and equipment

               
Office
       
   
Leasehold
   
Computer
   
furniture &
       
   
improvements
   
equipment
   
fixtures
   
Total
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Cost
                               
At 1 January 2011
    682       1,339       1,606       3,627  
Additions
    2       281       27       310  
Foreign currency movement
    (54 )     (75 )     (98 )     (227 )
                                 
At 31 December 2011
    630       1,545       1,535       3,710  
                                 
Depreciation
                               
At 1 January 2011
    235       986       583       1,804  
Charge for the year
    140       211       184       535  
Foreign currency movement
    (16 )     (50 )     (35 )     (101 )
                                 
At 31 December 2011
    359       1,147       732       2,238  
                                 
Net book value
                               
At 31 December 2011
    271       398       803       1,472  
                                 
At 31 December 2010
    447       353       1,023       1,823  

               
Office
       
   
Leasehold
   
Computer
   
furniture &
       
   
improvements
   
equipment
   
fixtures
   
Total
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
Cost
                               
At 1 January 2010
    528       1,204       1,406       3,138  
Additions
    183       203       287       673  
Disposals
    -       -       (12 )     (12 )
Foreign currency movement
    (29 )     (68 )     (75 )     (172 )
                                 
At 31 December 2010
    682       1,339       1,606       3,627  
                                 
Depreciation
                               
At 1 January 2010
    142       777       438       1,357  
Charge for the year
    100       251       173       524  
Eliminated on disposals
    -       -       (4 )     (4 )
Foreign currency movement
    (7 )     (42 )     (24 )     (73 )
                                 
At 31 December 2010
    235       986       583       1,804  
                                 
Net book value
                               
At 31 December 2010
    447       353       1,023       1,823  
                                 
At 31 December 2009
    386       427       968       1,781  
 
 
131

 
 
Notes to Company Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

2. Intangible assets

   
Computer Software
$’000
 
Cost
     
At 1 January 2010
    242  
Additions
    278  
Foreign exchange movement
    (5 )
 
At 31 December 2010
    515  
         
Additions
    532  
Foreign exchange movement
    (20 )
 
At 31 December 2011
    1,027  
         
Amortisation
       
At 1 January 2010
    59  
Arising during the year
    98  
Foreign exchange movement
    (3 )
 
At 31 December 2010
    154  
         
Arising during the year
    188  
Foreign exchange movement
    (5 )
 
At 31 December 2011
    337  
         
Net book value
       
 
At 31 December 2011
    690  
         
 
At 31 December 2010
    361  
         

 
132

 

Notes to Company Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
3. Investment in subsidiaries

   
Investment in Subsidiary Undertakings
$’000
   
Long Term Advances to Subsidiary Undertakings
$’000
   
 
 
Total
$’000
 
Cost
                 
 
At 1 January 2010
    275,964       75,226       351,190  
Imputed interest on long term intercompany loans
    -       2,518       2,518  
Disposals
    (6,101 )     -       (6,101 )
Share based payment
    6,136       -       6,136  
Foreign exchange movement
    (15,220 )     (2,387 )     (17,607 )
 
At 31 December 2010
    260,779       75,357       336,136  
Imputed interest on long term intercompany loans
    -       2,770       2,770  
Additions
    452       -       452  
Disposals
    (30,885 )     -       (30,885 )
Impairment
    (391 )     -       (391 )
Share based payment
    7,420       -       7,420  
Foreign exchange movement
    (5,356 )     (4,982 )     (10,338 )
 
At 31 December 2011
    232,019       73,145       305,164  
                         

4. Deferred taxation

The net deferred tax asset at 31 December 2011 was as follows:

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Deferred taxation assets
               
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    181       245  
Property, plant and equipment
    6       33  
Share based payment
    30          
Loans to subsidiaries
    477       808  
                 
Total deferred taxation assets
    694       1,086  
                 
Deferred taxation liabilities
               
Property, plant and equipment
    (24 )     (10 )
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    (4 )     (5 )
                 
Total deferred taxation liabilities
    (28 )     (15 )
                 
Net deferred taxation asset
    666       1,071  

 
133

 

Notes to Company Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

4. Deferred taxation (continued)

The movement in temporary differences during the year ended 31 December 2011 and year ended 31 December 2010 was as follows:
 
   
Balance
         
Balance
 
   
1 January
   
Recognised in
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
Income
   
2011
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
Deferred taxation assets
                       
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    245       (64 )     181  
Property plant and equipment
    33       (27 )     6  
Share based payments
    -       30       30  
Loans to subsidiaries
    808       (331 )     477  
                         
Total deferred taxation assets
    1,086       (392 )     694  
                         
Deferred taxation liabilities
                       
Property, plant and equipment
    (10 )     (14 )     (24 )
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    (5 )     1       (4 )
                         
Total deferred taxation liabilities
    (15 )     (13 )     (28 )
                         
Net deferred taxation asset
    1,071       (405 )     666  

   
Balance
         
Balance
 
   
1 January
   
Recognised in
   
31 December
 
   
2010
   
Income
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000  
Deferred taxation assets
                       
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    178       67       245  
Property plant and equipment
    71       (38 )     33  
Loans to subsidiaries
    1,126       (318 )     808  
                         
Total deferred taxation assets
    1,375       (289 )     1,086  
                         
Deferred taxation liabilities
                       
Property, plant and equipment
    (42 )     32       (10 )
Accrued expenses and payments on account
    -       (5 )     (5 )
                         
Total deferred taxation liabilities
    (42 )     27       (15 )
                         
Net deferred taxation asset
    1,333       (262 )     1,071  
At 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 the Company had no operating loss carry forwards for income tax purposes and there were no deferred tax assets that have not been recognised.

 
134

 
 
Notes to Company Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
5. Other current assets

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Prepayments
    1,993       865  
Other receivables
    1,453       1,695  
                 
Total
    3,446       2,560  

6. Accrued and other liabilities

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Current liabilities
               
Accruals and other liabilities
    9,238       8,386  
                 
Total
    9,238       8,386  

7. Payroll and related benefits

The aggregate payroll costs of employees of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2011 was as follows:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Wages and salaries
    28,819       24,797  
Social welfare costs
    5,374       4,839  
Pension costs for defined contribution pension schemes
    1,179       2,045  
Share based payment
    2,145       1,247  
                 
Total
    37,517       32,928  
 
 
Certain employees of the Company are eligible to participate in a defined contribution plan (the "plan"). Participants in the Plan may elect to defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings into a pension plan, which is run by an independent party. The Company matches each participant's contributions typically at 6% of the participant's annual compensation. The Company also makes contributions for Directors and Executive officers at rates ranging from 10% to 15% of the individual’s  basic salary. Contributions to this plan are recorded as a remuneration expense in the Company Income Statement. Contributions for the year ended 31 December 2011 and the year ended 31 December 2010 were $1,179,000 and $2,045,000 respectively.

 
135

 

Notes to Company Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

7. Payroll and related benefits (continued)

The average number of employees, including executive Directors, employed by the Company for the year ending 31 December 2011 was as follows:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Marketing
    3       3  
Administration
    99       87  
Clinical research
    356       362  
                 
Total
    458       452  

8. Related parties

The Company entered into the following transactions with subsidiary companies during the period:

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Income Statement
               
Expenses recharged to subsidiary companies
    22,454       13,723  
Imputed interest charged to subsidiary companies
    2,770       2,518  
                 
Total
    25,224       16,241  

Cash Flow Statement
           
Increase in intercompany debtor
    (62,380 )     (29,203 )
                 
Total
    (62,380 )     (29,203 )
                 
Directors and Executive Officers of the Parent Company are the same as those for the Group.  For information on transactions with Directors and Executive Officers see note 29 to the Group financial statements, and for information on Directors’ remuneration see note 8.

9.   Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has no commitments or contingencies at 31 December 2011 (2010: $nil).

10. Litigation

The Company is not party to any litigation or other legal proceedings that the Company believes could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial position.
 
 
136

 

Notes to Company Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011

11. Financial instruments

The Company is exposed to various financial risks in the normal course of the business.  The Company’s financial instruments typically comprise, cash, bank borrowings and accounts payable. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to provide finance for the Company’s operations.  The main risks arising from the Company’s financial instruments are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, and foreign exchange risk.  

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations.  Credit risk in respect of the Company arises on balances due from group companies, and as the group is financially sound and the subsidiary entities that ICON Plc the company trades with are in a position to make payments as and when they fall due, the Company has assessed the exposure to credit risk as low.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.  The Company’s liquidity risk arises from the repayment of short term debt and other obligations as they fall due.  The Company minimises liquidity risk by ensuring that sufficient cash balances and committed bank lines of credit are available to meet its obligations as they fall due. The Company’s bank credit lines and facilities are the same as Group. Details of the Group’s bank credit lines and facilities are set out in note 22.

The following table sets out details of the maturity of the Company’s financial liabilities into the relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from the financial year end date to the contractual maturity date:

At 31 December 2011
 
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Contractual Cashflows
   
6 mths
or less
   
6 to12
mths
   
1 to 2
years
   
2 to 5
years
   
More than
5 years
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                                         
Accounts payable
    (438 )     (438 )     (438 )     -       -       -       -  
Accruals and other liabilities
    (9,238 )     (9,238 )     (9,238 )     -       -       -       -  
                                                         
      (9,676 )     (9,676 )     (9,676 )     -       -       -       -  

At 31 December 2010
 
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Contractual Cashflows
   
6 mths
or less
   
6 to12
mths
   
1 to 2
years
   
2 to 5
years
   
More than
5 years
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                                         
Accounts payable
    (168 )     (168 )     (168 )     -       -       -       -  
Accruals and other liabilities
    (8,386 )     (8,386 )     (8,386 )     -       -       -       -  
                                                         
      (8,554 )     (8,554 )     (8,554 )     -       -       -       -  

Foreign currency risk

While the functional currency of the Company is Euro, the Company reports its results in U.S. dollars. As a consequence, the results, when translated into U.S. dollars, could be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates against the U.S. dollar.  At 31 December 2011 (2010: $nil) the Company had $ nil US dollar denominated bank loans.

 
137

 
 
Notes to Company Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
11. Financial instruments (continued)

Interest rate risk

The Company finances its operations through a mixture of shareholders’ funds, borrowings and working capital. The Company borrows in desired currencies at both fixed and floating rates of interest.  In general the Company borrows at floating rates of interest but may borrow at fixed rates depending on rates available.  The Company determines the level of borrowings at fixed rates of interest having regard to current market rates and future trends.  At 31 December 2011, the Company did not have any borrowings drawn down.

Fair Values

Financial instruments are measured in the statement of financial position at fair value using a fair value hierarchy of valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritises the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of three levels, which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

Level 1:
Inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
   
Level 2:
 
Inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
   
Level 3:
 
Inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
 
The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts, which are shown in the Statement of Financial Position, are as follows:
 
   
31 December
2011
   
31 December
2011
   
31 December
2010
   
31 December
2010
 
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Fair
Value
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Fair
Value
 
      $’000       $’000       $’000       $’000  
                                 
Loans to subsidiaries
    73,145       73,002       75,357       73,823  
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
    82,529       82,529       785       785  
Cash and cash equivalents
    3,729       3,729       2,314       2,314  
Other current assets
    3,446       3,446       2,560       2,560  
                                 
      162,849       162,706       81,016       79,482  
                                 
Accounts payable
    (438 )     (438 )     (168 )     (168 )
Accruals and other liabilities
    (9,238 )     (9,238 )     (8,386 )     (8,386 )
                                 
      (9,676 )     (9,676 )     (8,554 )     (8,554 )

 
138

 
 
Notes to Company Financial Statements (continued)
for the year ended 31 December 2011
 
11. Financial instruments (continued)

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, other current assets, accounts payable, amounts due from subsidiary undertakings and accruals and other liabilities are carried at amortised cost and  assumed to be approximate to their fair values due to the short term nature of these balances.    

The fair value of loans to subsidiaries for disclosure purposes is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. They are measured on the basis of level two inputs.

Each category of asset and liability has remained within the same level of hierarchy as the prior year as there has been no change in the extent to which the inputs used in measuring fair value are or are not observable within the market.

12. Approval of financial statements

The Board of Directors approved the Company financial statements on 30 April 2012.

 
139

 
 
Reconciliation from IFRS to US Accounting Policies
 
The financial statements of the Group set out on pages 41 to 139 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as adopted by the European Union (“EU IFRS”), which differ in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”).  The material differences as they apply to the Group’s financial statements are as follows:

(a)
Financial statement format

The format of the financial statements and certain note disclosures differ under U.S. GAAP from those under EU IFRS.  The Group prepared a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Form 20-F Report which was made available to all shareholders in March 2012. The financial statements included in such Form 20-F are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

(b)
Merger with PRAI

The Group accounts for business combinations under EU IFRS in accordance with the IFRS 3 Business Combinations.  As permitted by IFRS 1 First Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards the Group has only restated business combinations from 1 June 2001 onwards.  Business combinations prior to this date have not been restated.  In addition, goodwill has no longer been amortised since 1 June 2001, but rather is tested annually for impairment.  U.S. GAAP adopts different criteria to EU IFRS for establishing the method of accounting to be adopted for business combinations. On 28 January 2000 the Group completed a transaction with Pacific Research Associates Inc. (“PRAI”), a Group specialising in data management, statistical analysis and medical and regulatory consulting based in San Francisco, USA.  The merger with PRAI was accounted for using acquisition accounting principles in accordance with EU IFRS whilst U.S. GAAP required that the merger be accounted for using the pooling-of-interest method of accounting. U.S. GAAP pooling-of-interest accounting has resulted in a number of adjustments. Most significantly

(i)
the Group’s historic US GAAP financial statements have been restated to reflect the combined results of ICON and PRAI;
(ii)
the costs of the merger were expensed for U.S. GAAP purposes and included in the cost of acquisition for IFRS;
(iii)
goodwill arising on IFRS has been amortised over its expected useful life up to 31 May 2001. No goodwill arose on the merger under U.S. GAAP;
(iv)
the tax charge arising on the conversion of PRAI from an S-Corporation to a C-Corporation is treated as a pre acquisition charge under IFRS.
 
(c)Share based payment expense

IFRS requires that the fair value of share based payments be expensed to the income statement over the period the related services are received, with a corresponding increase in equity.  In the year ending 31 December 2009, the Group has accounted for share based payments under U.S. GAAP in accordance with FASB ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, which also requires that the fair value of share based payments be expensed to the income statement over the period the related services are received, with a corresponding increase in equity.  There is a difference in recorded expense because firstly different periods are in scope for both treatments due to the different effective dates under both standards and secondly due to different models used to calculate the fair value of options. Under US GAAP the Black-Scholes model was used for the calculation of the expense whereas under IFRS this model is not the preferred model to be used and as such the binomial model is used.
 
 
140

 
 
Reconciliation from IFRS to US Accounting Principles (continued)
 
(d)    Deferred tax assets

IFRS requires that the fair value of share based payments, including share options issued to employees, is expensed to the income statement over the period the related services are received, with a corresponding increase in equity.  Under U.S. tax law the Group receives a tax deduction when U.S. employee share options are exercised.  This deduction is measured as the intrinsic value of the share options at the date the options are exercised.  Therefore, the tax deduction generally arises in different amounts and in different periods from compensation cost recognised in the financial statements.

Under US GAAP, FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Group has recognised a deferred tax asset for the cumulative amount of compensation cost recognised in the financial statements for options that will result in a future tax deduction.  A similar deferred tax asset is also recognised under IFRS for options that will result in a future tax deduction, however, under IAS 12 Income Taxes if the tax deduction available in future periods is not known at the end of the period it is estimated based on information available at the end of the period.  As the tax deduction is dependent upon the Group’s share price at the exercise date, the measurement of the deductible temporary difference is based on the Group’s share price at the end of the period.  Where the amount of the estimated future tax deduction exceeds the amount of the related cumulative remuneration expense, the deferred tax associated with the excess is recognised directly in equity.  
 
(e)Forward-looking statements

To the extent any statements made in this annual report deal with information that is not historical, these statements are necessarily forward-looking. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict and many of which are outside of the Group’s control. Any forward-looking statement made by us is based only on information currently available as at the time of publication of this report. Forward-looking statements are subject to the occurrence of many events outside of ICON’s control and are subject to various risk factors that would cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. These risk factors described in Appendix A on pages to 144 to 151 include, without limitation, the inherent risk of dependence on pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries and certain clients, termination or delay of large contracts, risk of cost overruns, the risk of clinical outcomes, regulatory risks, and market competition.

 
141

 

Reconciliation from IFRS to US Accounting Principles (continued)

The following is a summary of the material adjustments to profit for the financial year and shareholders’ equity, which would be required, had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
(i)
Effect on profit for the financial year

   
Year ended
   
Year ended
 
   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
Profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders as stated under IFRS
    19,230       86,172  
                 
US GAAP adjustments
               
Share based payment expense under IFRS
    9,564       7,383  
Share based payment expense under U.S. GAAP
    (9,355 )     (7,408 )
Deferred tax adjustments on share based payments
    3,441       924  
                 
Net income as stated under U.S. GAAP
    22,880       87,071  
                 
Basic earnings per Ordinary Share under U.S. GAAP
    $0.38       $1.46  
                 
Diluted earnings per Ordinary Share under U.S. GAAP
    $0.37       $1.44  
 
(ii)
Effect on shareholders’ equity

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Shareholders’ equity as stated under IFRS
    691,848       683,745  
                 
US GAAP adjustments
               
Goodwill arising on merger with PRAI
    (15,010 )     (15,010 )
Amortisation of goodwill arising on merger with PRAI
    1,001       1,001  
Deferred tax adjustments on share based payments
    3,705       263  
                 
Shareholders’ equity as stated under U.S. GAAP
    681,544       669,999  

 
142

 

Reconciliation from IFRS to US Accounting Principles (continued)
 
(iii)
Effect on total assets

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Total assets as stated under IFRS
    1,029,352       949,761  
                 
US GAAP adjustments
               
Goodwill arising on merger with PRAI
    (15,010 )     (15,010 )
Amortisation of goodwill arising on merger with PRAI
    1,001       1,001  
Deferred tax adjustments on share based payments
    3,705       263  
Offset between deferred tax assets and liabilities
    16,419       13,523  
                 
Total assets as stated under U.S. GAAP
    1,035,467       949,538  

(iv)
Effect on total liabilities

   
31 December
   
31 December
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
      $’000       $’000  
                 
Total liabilities as stated under IFRS
    337,504       266,016  
                 
US GAAP adjustments
               
Offset between deferred tax assets and liabilities
    16,419       13,523  
                 
Total liabilities as stated under U.S. GAAP
    353,923       279,539  
 
 
143

 
 
Appendix A: Risk Factors
 
Risk related to our business and operations

We depend on a limited number of clients and a loss of or significant decrease in business from them or one or more of them could affect our business.
 
We have in the past and may in the future derive a significant portion of our net revenue from a relatively limited number of major projects or clients.  During the years ended 31 December 2011, 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009, 37%, 33% and 27% respectively of our net revenues were derived from our top five clients.  During the year ended 31 December 2011 13% of our net revenues were derived from one client, with no other client contributing more than 10% of net revenues during this period. During the years ended 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009 no one client contributed more than 10% of net revenues. The loss of, or a significant decrease in business from one or more of these key clients could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Many of our contracts are long-term fixed-fee contracts. We would lose money in performing these contracts if the costs of performance exceed the fixed fees for these projects and we were unable to negotiate a change order for the value of work performed.
 
Many of our contracts are long-term fixed fee contracts.  Revenues on these contracts are agreed in the contract between the Group and the customer and are based on estimated time inputs to the contract.  Factors considered in estimating time requirements include the complexity of the study, the number of geographical sites where trials are to be conducted and the number of patients to be recruited at each site. The Group regularly reviews the estimated hours on each contract to determine if the budget accurately reflects the agreed tasks to be performed taking into account the state of progress at the time of review.  The Group further ensures that changes in scope are appropriately monitored and change orders for additional revenue are promptly negotiated for additional work as necessary.  If we were to fail to recognise and negotiate change orders for changes in the resources required or the scope of the work to be performed the Group could lose money if the costs of performance of these contracts exceeded their fixed fees.

If our clients discontinue using our services, or cancel or discontinue projects, our revenue will be adversely affected and/or we may not receive their business in the future or may not be able to attract new clients.
 
Our clients may discontinue using our services completely or cancel some projects either without notice or upon short notice. The termination or delay of a large contract or of multiple contracts could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and profitability. Historically, clients have cancelled or discontinued projects and may in the future cancel their contracts with us for reasons including:
 
 
the failure of products being tested to satisfy safety or efficacy requirements;
 
 
unexpected or undesired clinical results of the product;
 
 
a decision that a particular study is no longer necessary or viable;
 
 
poor project performance, quality concerns, insufficient patient enrollment or investigator recruitment; or
 
 
production problems resulting in shortages of the drug.
 
If we lose clients, we may not be able to attract new ones, and if we lose individual projects, we may not be able to replace them.
 
 
144

 
 
Appendix A: Risk Factors (continued)
 
If we fail to attract or retain qualified staff, our performance may suffer.
 
Our business, future success and ability to continue and expand operations depend upon our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified professional, scientific and technical operating staff. We compete for qualified professionals with other Clinical Research Organisations “CROs”, temporary staffing agencies and the in-house departments of pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies. Although we have not had any significant difficulty attracting or retaining qualified staff in the past, there is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to attract a sufficient number and calibre of clinical research professionals at an acceptable cost.
 
Our ability to perform clinical trials is dependant upon our ability to recruit suitable willing investigators and patients.

We contract with physicians located in hospitals, clinics or other such sites, who serve as investigators in conducting clinical trials to test new drugs on their patients. Investigators supervise administration of the study drug to patients during the course of the clinical trial. The availability of suitable patients for enrolment on studies is dependent upon many factors including, amongst others, the size of the patient population, the design of the study protocol, eligibility criteria, the referral practices of physicians, the perceived risks and benefits of the drug under study and the availability of alternative medication, including medication undergoing separate clinical trial.  Insufficient patient enrolment or investigator recruitment may result in the termination or delay of a study which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We are highly dependent on information technology. If our systems fail or are unreliable our operations may be adversely impacted.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology infrastructure and our management information systems. Our information technology infrastructure includes both third party solutions and applications designed and maintained internally. Since our Group operates on multiple platforms, the failure of our information technology infrastructure and/or our management information systems to perform could severely disrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operation. In addition, our information technology infrastructure and/or our management information systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural or man-made disasters, terrorist attacks, computer viruses or hackers, power loss, or other computer systems, Internet telecommunications or data network failures. Any such interruption could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may make acquisitions in the future, which may lead to disruptions to our ongoing business.

We have made a number of acquisitions and will continue to review new acquisition opportunities. If we are unable to successfully integrate an acquired group or business, the acquisition could lead to disruptions to our business. The success of an acquisition will depend upon, among other things, our ability to:
 
·  
assimilate the operations and services or products of the acquired group or business;
 
·  
integrate acquired personnel;
 
·  
retain and motivate key employees;
 
·  
retain customers; and
 
·  
minimise the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns.
 
In the event that the operations of an acquired group or business do not meet our performance expectations, we may have to restructure the acquired group or business or write-off the value of some or all of the assets of the acquired group or business.

 
145

 

Appendix A: Risk Factors (continued)

Our operations might be impacted by a disruption to travel systems.

Many of our operations rely on the availability of air or other transportation for the distribution of clinical trial materials, study samples and personnel. A disruption to the air travel system or other travel systems could materially impact our operations. While we have developed contingency plans to minimise the impact of such events, a disruption to the availability of air transportation or other travel systems could have a material adverse impact on our activities and results of operations.

We rely on our interactive voice response systems to provide accurate information regarding the randomisation of patients and the dosage required for patients enrolled in the trials.

We develop and maintain computer run interactive voice response systems to automatically manage the randomisation of patients in trials, assign the study drug, and adjust the dosage when required for patients enrolled in trials we support. An error in the design, programming or validation of these systems could lead to inappropriate assignment or dosing of patients which could give rise to patient safety issues, invalidation of the trial, liability claims against the Group or all three.

We rely on various control measures to mitigate the risk of a serious adverse event resulting from healthy volunteer Phase I trials.

We conduct healthy volunteer Phase I trials including first-into-man trials. Due to the experimental nature of these studies, serious adverse events may arise. We mitigate such events by following Good Clinical Practice and ensuring appropriately trained and experienced clinical physicians are managing these trials and that internal Standard Operating Procedures and client protocols are rigorously adhered to. We also ensure that a signed contract is in place with the client in advance of clinical dosing with appropriate indemnifications and insurance coverage. We maintain our own no-faults clinical trial insurance. Following our internal review and submission, an Independent Ethics committee approves the study protocol and appropriate approval is obtained from the relevant regulatory body.

Risk Related to Our Industry

We are dependent on the continued outsourcing of research and development by the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries.

We are dependent upon the ability and willingness of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies to continue to spend on research and development and to outsource the services that we provide. We are therefore subject to risks, uncertainties and trends that affect companies in these industries. We have benefited to date from the tendency of pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies to outsource clinical research projects. Any downturn in these industries or reduction in spending or outsourcing could adversely affect our business. For example, if these companies expanded upon their in-house clinical or development capabilities, they would be less likely to utilise our services. In addition, if governmental regulations were changed, it could affect the ability of our clients to operate profitably, which may lead to a decrease in research spending and therefore this could have a material adverse effect on our business

 
146

 

Appendix A: Risk Factors (continued)
 
Large pharmaceutical companies are increasingly consolidating their vendor base and entering strategic partnership arrangements with a limited number of outsource providers.

Large pharmaceutical companies are continually seeking to drive efficiencies in their development processes to both reduce costs associated with the development of new drug candidates and accelerate time to market. This has generally been positive for CRO’s as it has resulted in increased outsourcing by these companies.  However, in an effort to drive further efficiencies in their development processes, large pharmaceutical companies in particular are increasingly looking to consolidate the number of outsource providers with which they engage, with many entering strategic partnership arrangements with a limited number of outsource providers.  While we believe this trend will benefit large CRO’s with global capabilities and expertise such as ICON, and may also lead to increased outsourcing spend, the failure to enter strategic partnership arrangements with customers or the loss of existing customers as a result of them entering strategic partnership arrangements with our competitors could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Risk Related to Our Financial Results and Financial Position

Our quarterly results are dependent upon a number of factors and can fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

Our results of operations in any quarter can fluctuate depending upon, among other things, the number and scope of ongoing client projects, the commencement, postponement, variation and cancellation or termination of projects in a quarter, the mix of revenue, cost overruns, employee hiring and other factors. Our net revenue in any period is directly related to the number and percentage of employees who were working on projects billable to the client during that period. We may be unable to compensate for periods of underutilisation during one part of a fiscal period by augmenting revenues during another part of that period. We believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results.

Our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our contracts with clients are sometimes denominated in currencies other than the currency in which we incur expenses related to such contracts. Where expenses are incurred in currencies other than those in which contracts are priced, fluctuations in the relative value of those currencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. This risk is partially mitigated by clauses in certain of our contracts which allow for price renegotiation with clients if changes in the relative value of those currencies exceed predetermined tolerances.

In addition, we are also subject to translation exposures as our consolidated financial results are presented in U.S. dollars, while the local results of certain of our subsidiaries are prepared in currencies other than U.S. dollars, including, amongst others, the pound sterling and the euro.  Accordingly, changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and those other currencies will affect the translation of a subsidiary’s financial results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated financial results.

Our effective tax rate may fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter, which may affect our results of operations.

Our quarterly effective tax rate has depended and will continue to depend on the geographic distribution of our revenue and earnings amongst the multiple tax jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax law in those jurisdictions. Changes in the geographic mix of our results of operations amongst these jurisdictions may have a significant impact on our effective tax rate from quarter to quarter.  In addition, as we operate in multiple tax jurisdictions, we may be subject to audits in certain jurisdictions.  These audits may involve complex issues which could require an extended period of time for resolution.  While we believe that adequate provisions for income taxes have been made in our financial statements, the resolution of audit issues may lead to differences which could have a significant impact on our effective tax rate.

 
147

 

Appendix A: Risk Factors (continued)

Our backlog may not convert to net revenue and the rate of conversion may slow.

Our backlog at any date is not necessarily a meaningful predictor of future results, due to the potential for the cancellation or delay of projects underlying the backlog.  No assurances can be given that we will be able to realise this backlog as net revenue.  A failure to realise backlog as net revenue could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.  In addition, as the length and complexity of projects underlying our backlog increases, the rate at which backlog converts to net revenue may be slower than in the past.  A significant reduction in the rate at which backlog converts to net revenue could have a material impact on our results of operations.

Significant changes from our estimates of contingent consideration payable on acquisitions could have a serious adverse impact on our results of operations.

We have made a number of acquisitions in the past and will continue to review new acquisition opportunities.  The cost of many of these acquisitions includes a portion which is contingent upon certain future events, such as the achievement of a particular revenue or earnings target.  Where an acquisition agreement provides for such additional consideration, the amount of the estimated additional consideration is recognised on the acquisition date at fair value. Any changes to this estimate in subsequent periods will depend on the classification of the contingent consideration.  If the contingent consideration is classified as equity it shall not be re-measured and the settlement shall be accounted for within equity.  If the contingent consideration is classified as an asset or liability any adjustments will be accounted for through the consolidated statement of operations or other comprehensive income depending on whether the asset or liability is considered a financial instrument.  Significant estimates and judgements are required in estimating the acquisition date fair value of the additional consideration. Changes in business conditions or the performance of the acquired business could lead to a significant change between our estimate of the acquisition date fair value and amounts payable which could have a serious adverse impact on our results of operations.

The Group is exposed to various risks in relation to our cash and cash equivalents and current asset investments.

The Group’s treasury function actively manages our available cash resources and invests significant cash balances in various financial institutions to try to ensure optimum returns for our surplus cash balances.  These balances are classified as cash and cash equivalents or current asset investments depending on the maturity of the related investment.  Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less.  Current asset investments comprise highly liquid investments with maturities of greater than three months and minimum “A” rated fixed and floating rate securities.

Given the global nature of our business, we are exposed to various risks in relation to these balances including liquidity risk, credit risk associated with the counterparties with which we invest, interest rate risk on floating rate securities, sovereign risk (our principal sovereign risk relates to investments in U.S. Treasury funds), and other factors.

We manage risks in relation to these balances through ongoing monitoring of the composition of the balances and ensuring that funds are invested in accordance with strict risk management policies and controls as specified by the Group’s Board of Directors.

Although we have not recognised any significant losses to date on our cash and cash equivalents or current asset investments, any significant declines in their market values could have a material adverse affect on our financial position and operating results.

 
148

 

Appendix A: Risk Factors (continued)
 
Risk Related to Political, Legal or Regulatory Environment

We may lose business opportunities as a result of health care reform and the expansion of managed care organisations.

Numerous governments, including the U.S. government and governments outside of the U.S. have undertaken efforts to control growing health care costs through legislation, regulation and voluntary agreements with medical care providers and drug companies. If these efforts are successful, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies may react by spending less on research and development and therefore this could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition to healthcare reform proposals, the expansion of managed care organisations in the healthcare market may result in reduced spending on research and development. Managed care organisations' efforts to cut costs by limiting expenditures on pharmaceuticals and medical devices could result in pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies spending less on research and development. If this were to occur, we would have fewer business opportunities and our revenues could decrease, possibly materially.

We may lose business as a result of changes in the regulatory environment.

Various regulatory bodies throughout the world may enact legislation which could introduce changes to the regulatory environment for drug development and research. The adoption and implementation of such legislation is difficult to predict and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Failure to comply with the regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and other regulatory authorities could result in substantial penalties and/or loss of business.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other regulatory authorities inspect us from time to time to ensure that we comply with their regulations and guidelines, including environmental and health and safety matters. In addition, we must comply with the applicable regulatory requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials in all countries in which we operate. If we fail to comply with any of these requirements we could suffer some or all of:
 
 
termination of any research;
     
 
disqualification of data;
     
 
denial of the right to conduct business;
     
 
criminal penalties;
     
 
other enforcement actions;
     
 
loss of clients and/or business; and
     
 
litigation from clients and resulting material penalties, damages and costs.
  
 
149

 
 
Appendix A: Risk Factors (continued)
 
Liability claims brought against us could result in payment of substantial damages to plaintiffs and decrease our profitability.

Client Claims
If we breach the terms of an agreement with a client, this could result in claims against us for substantial damages which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Claims relating to Investigators
We contract with physicians who serve as investigators in conducting clinical trials to test new drugs on their patients. This testing creates the risk of liability for personal injury to or death of the patients. Although investigators are generally required by law to maintain their own liability insurance, we could be named in lawsuits and incur expenses arising from any professional malpractice or other actions against the investigators with whom we contract.

Indemnification from Clients
Indemnifications provided by our clients against the risk of liability for personal injury to or death of the patients vary from client to client and from trial to trial and may not be sufficient in scope or amount or the client may not have the financial ability to fulfill their indemnification obligations. Furthermore, we would be liable for our own negligence and negligence of our employees and such negligence could lead to litigation from clients.
 
Insurance
We maintain what we believe is an appropriate level of worldwide Professional Liability/Error and Omissions Insurance. The amount of coverage we maintain depends upon the nature of the trial. We may in the future be unable to maintain or continue our current insurance coverage on the same or similar terms. If we are liable for a claim that is beyond the level of insurance coverage, we may be responsible for paying all or part of any award. Also, the insurance policies contain exclusions which mean that the policy will not respond or provide cover in certain circumstances.

Claims to Date
To date, we have not been subject to any liability claims that are expected to have a material effect on our business.

We are subject to political, regulatory and legal risks associated with our international operations.  

We are one of a small group of organisations with the capability and expertise to conduct clinical trials on a global basis. We believe that this capability to provide our services globally in most major and developing pharmaceutical markets enhances our ability to compete for new business from large multinational pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies. We have expanded geographically in the past and intend to continue expanding in regions that have the potential to increase our client base or increase our investigator and patient populations. We expect that revenues earned in emerging markets will continue to account for an increasing portion of our total revenues.  However, emerging market operations may present several risks, including civil disturbances, health concerns, cultural differences such as employment, regulatory and business practices, volatility in gross domestic product, economic and governmental instability, the potential for nationalisation of private assets and the imposition of exchange controls.

Changes in the political and regulatory environment in the international markets in which we operate such as price or exchange controls could impact our revenue and profitability, and could lead to penalties, sanctions and reputational damages if we are not compliant with those regulations.  Political uncertainty and a lack of institutional continuity in some of the emerging and developing countries in which we operate could affect the orderly operation of markets in these economies.  In addition, in countries with a large and complicated structure of government and administration, national, regional, local and other governmental bodies may issue inconsistent decisions and opinions that could increase our cost of regulatory compliance.

Uncertainty of the legal environment in some emerging countries could also limit our ability to enforce our rights.  In certain emerging and developing countries we enjoy less comprehensive protection for some of our rights, including intellectual property rights, which could undermine our competitive position.

 
150

 
 
Appendix A: Risk Factors (continued)
 
Finally, we operate in some countries where national laws may require not only accurate books and records, but also sufficient controls, policies and processes to ensure business is conducted without the influence of bribery and corruption. Given the high level of complexity of some of these laws there is a risk that some provisions may inadvertently be breached, for example through negligent behaviour of individual employees, or failure to comply with certain formal documentation requirements or otherwise. Any violation of these laws or allegations of such violations, whether merited or not, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

If any of the above risks or similar risks associated with our international operations were to materialise, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Risk Related to Our Common Stock

Volatility in the market price of our common stock could lead to losses by investors.

The market price of our common stock has experienced volatility in the past and may experience volatility in the future which could lead to losses for investors. Factors impacting volatility in the market price of our common stock include, amongst others, our results of operations, analyst expectations, developments impacting the industry or our competitors and general market and economic conditions. In addition, stock markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.  Future fluctuations in stock markets may lead to volatility in the market price of our common stock which could lead to losses by investors.
 
 
151